Page 1 Command Manual NWA-008844-001 ISSUE 5.0...
Page 2 NEC Infrontia Corporation reserves the right to change the specifica- tions, functions, or features, at any time, without notice. NEC Infrontia Corporation has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the property of NEC Infrontia Corporation and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval from NEC Infrontia Corporation.
Page 3: Neax 2000 Ips
ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. viii ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE...
Page 4 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 5 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 6 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 7 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 8 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 9 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 10 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 11 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 12 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 13 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 14 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 15 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 16 ISSUE No. ISSUE No. PAGE No. PAGE No. ISSUE 1 ISSUE 2 ISSUE 3 ISSUE 4 DATE JUNE, 2005 DATE DECEMBER, 2005 DATE JULY, 2006 DATE NOVEMBER, 2006 ISSUE 5 ISSUE 6 ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 DATE JUNE, 2007 DATE DATE DATE NEAX 2000 IPS...
Page 17 NEAX 2000 IPS Command Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ........................PURPOSE ........................OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL ..................TERMS IN THIS MANUAL ................... PBX SYSTEM DESIGNATION ..................... SERVICE FEATURE NAME ....................ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME ..................TERMINAL NAME ........................ HARDWARE NAME ......................COUNTRY REFERENCE .....................
Page 18 TABLE OF CONTENTS [CM03] LOG IN/LOG OUT OF PASSWORD MODE ............ term [CM04] LANGUAGE INDICATED ON D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCD, PURPOSE OF CALLER ID SENDER, CONNECTION PORT FOR MCI ..[CM05] AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL ........... [CM06] AP CARD ALLOCATION ................[CM07] DTI/CCIS/ISDN/CFT/SIP TRUNK ASSIGNMENT ...........
Page 19 TABLE OF CONTENTS [CM35] TRUNK ROUTE DATA ..................342 [CM36] RESTRICTION DATA FOR TANDEM CONNECTION ........379 [CM38] AMP TRUNK CONTROL ................. 380 [CM40] FUNCTION OF MP RS-232C PORT ..............382 [CM40] MP RS-232C PORT ..................383 [CM40] MP BUILT-IN MODEM ..................384 [CM40] MP BUILT-IN SMDR/MCI ................
Page 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS [CM62] TENANTS FOR EACH ATT GROUP .............. 495 [CM63] RESTRICTION OF INTER-TENANT CONNECTION ........496 [CM64] AUTOMATED ATTENDANT ................497 [CM65] SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS ........... 499 [CM67] LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT ..............503 [CM71] MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) ................
Page 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS [CMAE] CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT ............. 647 [CMAF] VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT ..............651 [CMB0] PEG COUNT ....................654 [CMB1] TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT ................661 [CMB3] UCD PEG COUNT ................... 666 [CMB4] PEG COUNT OF IP NETWORK ..............668 [CMBA] H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA ................
Page 22 TABLE OF CONTENTS [CMD014] STATION GROUP NUMBER ................834 [CMD015] STATION SERVICE CLASSES ............... 836 [CMD016] STATION FEATURES ..................837 [CMD022] TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (1) ......840 [CMD023] TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (2) ......841 [CMD024] TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (2) ..............842 [CMD025] CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (2) .............
Page 23 TABLE OF CONTENTS LEN of CM14 ........................LEN of CM10 ........................A14 APPENDIX B TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT ..............B1 – vii – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91toc001.fm JULY/01/2006...
Page 24 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY. – viii – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91toc001.fm JULY/01/2006...
Page 25: Outline Of This Manual
INTRODUCTION PURPOSE/OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL INTRODUCTION PURPOSE This manual explains all of the commands required for programming the NEAX 2000 IPS, using the Cus- tomer Administration Terminal (CAT) or Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT). OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL This manual consists of four chapters. The following paragraphs summarize Chapters 1 through 4. CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT)
Page 26: Terms In This Manual
INTRODUCTION TERMS IN THIS MANUAL TERMS IN THIS MANUAL PBX SYSTEM DESIGNATION PBX system is designated as “PBX” or “system” usually. When we must draw a clear line between the PBX systems, they are designated as follows. 2000 IPS : NEAX 2000 IPS INTERNET PROTOCOL SERVER 2400 IPX: NEAX 2400 IPX Internet Protocol eXchange SERVICE FEATURE NAME When a service feature name differs with markets, the name in each market is designated as follows:...
Page 27: Terminal Name
INTRODUCTION TERMS IN THIS MANUAL TERMINAL NAME term The following digital multi-function terminals are designated as “D ” usually, unless we need to men- tion the type of terminal in particular. term 60/Electra term 65/Series III term 70/Elite term 75/Series E term 85/Series i term...
Page 28 INTRODUCTION TERMS IN THIS MANUAL COUNTRY REFERENCE The exclusive commands for specific country are described as follows; [Asia] [Latin America Only] [Australia Only] [New Zealand Only] [Australia/Argentina] [North America Only] [Australia/Europe] [North America/Latin America] [Australia/France] [North America/EU] [Australia/New Zealand] [Not used in Australia/North America] [Australia/North America] [Not used in Australia/North America/UK] [Brazil Only]...
Page 29: Reference Manual
INTRODUCTION REFERENCE MANUAL REFERENCE MANUAL Refer to the following manuals for information on each service feature programming. System Manual: Contains the system description, hardware installation procedure and the programming procedure of the NEAX 2000 IPS System. Maintenance Manual: Contains the maintenance service features and the recommended troubleshooting procedure. Feature Programming Manual: Contains procedure for programming each business and hotel feature.
Page 30 INTRODUCTION REFERENCE MANUAL Q-SIG System Manual: Contains the system description, hardware installation procedure and the programming procedure for the Q-SIG System. WCS System Manual: Contains the system description, hardware installation procedure and the programming procedure for the Wireless (WCS) System. Remote PIM System Manual: Contains the system description, hardware installation procedure and the troubleshooting procedure for the TDM based Remote PIM System.
Page 31 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) which is used as the man-machine interface with the PBX. CAT AND MAT ................CAT KEY FUNCTIONS .............. CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE ........
Page 32 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT AND MAT CAT AND MAT In this system, the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) or Maintenance Administration Terminal (MAT) is used for programming the system data. term The CAT is a digital multi function telephone (D ) which is equipped with function keys, a dial pad and LCD and interfaces with the system via the MP card.
Page 33 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT KEY FUNCTIONS CAT KEY FUNCTIONS term In the CAT mode, each key on the D is automatically assigned as shown in figure below. For the function of each key, see “CAT Function Keys”. Page 13 •...
Page 34 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT KEY FUNCTIONS • 24 Line/Trunk/Feature Keys + 8 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=0) CAT Key Assignment term term Series i Series i Exit Help − & ← − − Directory Message PQRS WXYZ ←...
Page 35 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT KEY FUNCTIONS CAT Key Assignment Exit Help − & ← − 1 2 3 − 4 5 6 7 8 9 A 0 B ← DTP-32D-1 Continued on next page – 11 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch1001.fm...
Page 36 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT KEY FUNCTIONS CAT Key Assignment − & − ← − ← ETJ-16DS-1 – 12 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch1001.fm...
Page 37 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT KEY FUNCTIONS CAT Function Keys FUNCTION KEY MEANING Command entry start Execution of data write Cancel of key operation (Clear entry) Display of next data (Step forward) Separator; to be entered between two different data such as first/second data (For example CM72) –...
Page 38 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE To set CAT mode: 1. Press 5. Press Transfer Conf – Conf lamp flashes 2. Press 6. Press Conf – Conf lamp flashes – Conf, Speaker, Answer lamp on 3.
Page 39 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT NOTICE ON CAT MODE NOTICE ON CAT MODE The CAT is used in on-line. Therefore, system data clear commands (CM00, CM01) cannot be accessed from the CAT. To use the CAT after clearing all system data, perform the following operations on the system. 1.
Page 40 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT OPERATION CAT OPERATION When setting the office data, it is necessary to enter the following three kinds of data. • Command Code • First Data • Second Data The operation is explained below. To confirm the existing office data + Command Code + + First Data +...
Page 41 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT OPERATION The examples of data setting is described below. Example in the case that station number 300 is to be assigned to LEN000 and station number 301 to LEN001 by CM10. Example of CAT Operation (Display) STEP 1 Set CAT mode.
Page 42 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT OPERATION Example of correcting the data entry In STEP 5 in the above (1) example, when has been pressed after entering “001” by mistake, press . Then the state returns to STEP 4. STEP1: CM10 has been entered and has been pressed.
Page 43 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT CAT OPERATION Example of deleting station number “300” assigned to LEN000 after completing all the operation in the above (1) example. STEP1: Press COMMAND= STEP2: Enter “10”. (Command Code) COMMAND=10 STEP3: Press 10> STEP4: Enter LEN “000”. 10>000 STEP5: Press 10>000: 300–...
Page 44 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT ERROR MESSAGES ERROR MESSAGES When an operation is incorrect, or wrong data is entered, an error message is displayed on the LCD. Error messages and their meanings are shown below. Error Messages ERROR MESSAGE MEANING OF MESSAGE ACTION DIGIT ERROR...
Page 45 CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT ERROR MESSAGES Error Messages ERROR MESSAGE MEANING OF MESSAGE ACTION WRONG The data stored in the memory is Clear the present data by entering wrong. This message is displayed “CCC”, or enter the correct data. when too many digits are entered.
Page 46 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY. – 22 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch1001.fm DECEMBER/02/2005...
Page 47 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION This chapter explains precautions for using commands, such as conditions for using commands, method of setting on-line/off-line mode, port alloca- tion, password entry, and nation code assignment. CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS ......... METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE ....PORT ALLOCATION ..............
Page 48 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS Some commands require a system reset after data setting, and others cannot be assigned/changed unless the system is in off-line mode (a state in which call processing is at a halt). These commands are shown in the following table, categorized according to the conditions for their use.
Page 49 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION COMMANDS MEANINGS term Commands which require a CM04 Y=00 NOTE 2 Language Indicated on D /ATTCON/ reset of the MP card after DESKCON LCD data setting. CM05 AP Card Type •...
Page 50 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION COMMANDS MEANINGS Commands which require a CM31 Y=0, Y=1>1, 2, 3, MFC/MF-ANI Trunk Data reset of the MP card after Y=2, Y=3, Y=4, Y=5, data setting. Y=6, Y=7, Y=8, Y=A>00, •...
Page 51 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION COMMANDS MEANINGS Commands which require a CM12 Y=49 Station Class-1 reset of the AP00 card after CMD001>20-35, 80-96, SMDR/CIS/PMS Function data setting. 100, 102-107, 109-116, • Set the Make Busy switch 120, 122-127, 131-136, to UP and then DOWN.
Page 52 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION COMMANDS MEANINGS Commands which require a CM08>644 Basic Service Features reset of the BRT card after CM35 Y=79 Trunk Route Data data setting. CM35 Y=144 ISDN-BRI Layer 1 activation •...
Page 53 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION COMMANDS MEANINGS Commands which can be CMD100 Billing System Data Partial Clear for PN- used only under Off-Line AP00-B with AP00 Program mode of the AP00 card. See CMD101 Billing System Data All Clear for PN-AP00- “METHOD OF SETTING...
Page 54 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS Conditions for Using Commands CONDITION COMMANDS MEANINGS Commands which require a CM0A LAN Interface Assignment reset of the SIP card after CMBA Y=04, Y=10, H.323/SIP Profile Data data setting. Y=13, Y=14, Y=21, Y=30, •...
Page 55 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE FOR MP CARD • Setting Off-line mode Set SW3 on the MP card to “2” or “3”. Press SW1 on the MP card. • Setting On-line mode Set SW3 on the MP card to “0”.
Page 56 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE FOR AP00 CARD • Setting Off-line mode Set SW1 on the AP00 card as shown below. : POSITION TO BE SET SW1-4 should be set as follows; ON : AP No. is 04-15 OFF: AP No.
Page 57: Port Allocation
CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION PORT ALLOCATION PORT ALLOCATION The port allocation of the Time Division Switch is shown below: • Number of ports for line/trunk cards < 512 ports per system < 128 ports per FP “Number of Ports for Each Line/Trunk Card”.
Page 58 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION PORT ALLOCATION Number of Ports for Each Line/Trunk Card NUMBER OF NUMBER OF L/T CARD REMARKS CIRCUITS TIME SLOTS PN-2AMPA (AMP) PN-8COTH/PN-8COTQ/PN-8COTR/ PN-8COTS/PN-8COTT/PN-8COTU (COT) PN-6COTJ (COT) PN-4COTA-A/PN-4COTB/PN-4COTE/ PN-4COTF/PN-4COTG (COT) PN-2COTD/PN-2COTE (COT) PN-CFTA (CFT) PN-CFTB (CFT) PN-4CSIA/PN-4CSIA-A (CSI) PN-2CSIA/PN-2CSIA-A/PN-2CSIH (CSI) PN-4DATC (DAT) PN-4DIDA (DIT)
Page 59 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION PORT ALLOCATION Number of Ports for Each Line/Trunk Card NUMBER OF NUMBER OF L/T CARD REMARKS CIRCUITS TIME SLOTS PN-M10 (M10) PN-M13 (M13) PN-2ODTA/PN-2ODTB (ODT) PN-4ODTA (ODT) PN-8RSTG (PBR) PN-4RSTF/PN-4RSTF-A (SDT) PN-4RSTH (SDT) PN-TNTA (TNT) PN-16VCTA/PN-16VCTA-A (16VCT) –...
Page 60 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION PORT ALLOCATION Number of Ports for Each Application Processor Card ×: Available –: Not available AP HIGHWAY NUMBER OF AP CARD TIME SLOTS/ REMARKS Basic HW Expanded HW CARD (128 time slots) (128 time slots) PN-AP00-B (DBM) –...
Page 61 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION PORT ALLOCATION Number of Ports for Each Application Processor Card ×: Available –: Not available AP HIGHWAY NUMBER OF AP CARD TIME SLOTS/ REMARKS Basic HW Expanded HW CARD (128 time slots) (128 time slots) × × PN-DTB (CCH) ×...
Page 62 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION PASSWORD ENTRY PASSWORD ENTRY In a system with password service, a maintenance person is required to enter a authorization level number (Password Level) and appropriate password prior to engaging in programming the system data with the MAT/CAT. A maximum of eight (8) Password Levels can be set up. The number of commands that the maintenance person can access is determined by the Password Level.
Page 63 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION PASSWORD ENTRY Table below shows the example for the Password Level Table. Example of Password Level Assignment MAINTENANCE PASSWORD ACCESIBLE COMMANDS PERSONNEL LEVEL Level 7 All commands Level 4 CM05, 08-13, 15, 30, 35, 36 Level 3 CM08-13, 15, 30, 35 Level 2 CM10/14, 11, 30, 35...
Page 64 CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT With the Nation Code assigned, the system offers the particular services to the users of each country. For Australia or New Zealand, appropriate nation code to the user should be assigned by CM31 Y=0 as shown below.
Page 65: System Data Backup
CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION SYSTEM DATA BACKUP SYSTEM DATA BACKUP CAUTION • If you operate as follows without system data backup after system data setting or service memory setting (registration of the features such as “Call Forwarding” and “Speed Calling [Speed Dialing]” from a station), the data that has been set is invalid. You must execute the system data backup before the following operations.
Page 66 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY. – 42 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch2001.fm DECEMBER/02/2005...
Page 67: Command Description
CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION This chapter explains the function, precaution, assignment procedure and data table of each command. Explanations are given in numerical and alphabetical order of the command code. HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER ..........COMMAND DESCRIPTION ............
Page 68: How To Read This Chapter
CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER Information about each command is presented in the following order: FUNCTION: The function of the command. PRECAUTION: Precautions related to assigning data. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: The procedure for assigning data in CAT mode. DATA TABLE: Detailed descriptions of the data.
Page 69 CM00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OFF LINE SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR FUNCTION: This command is used to confirm that system data memory (RAM) area can be written-in/read-out, and to assign the initial data to the RAM area. PRECAUTION: This command can only be used in off-line mode. When this command is executed, “OK”...
Page 70 CM00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OFF LINE SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR Clear CM00>11 CM00>12 CM00>13 CM00>14 Command CM00>1 (1 PIM + (2 PIMs + (3 PIMs + (4 PIMs + (8 PIMs) 7 Virtual 6 Virtual 5 Virtual 4 Virtual PIMs) PIMs) PIMs)
Page 71 CM00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OFF LINE SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR Clear CM00>11 CM00>12 CM00>13 CM00>14 Command CM00>1 (1 PIM + (2 PIMs + (3 PIMs + (4 PIMs + (8 PIMs) 7 Virtual 6 Virtual 5 Virtual 4 Virtual PIMs) PIMs) PIMs)
Page 72 CM00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OFF LINE SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR NOTE 1: MP Built-in FP is used for controlling Legacy line/trunk cards. Only FP No. 00 is available. term NOTE 2: Virtual FP is used for controlling Peer-to-Peer connection between D IPs on intra-office and via CCIS.
Page 73 CM00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OFF LINE SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Execute the office data conversion Start converting [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)] Always displayed after first data “90” is typed NOTE 2 NOTE 1: When upgrading the software of the system from Series 3300 or before to Series 3400 or later this data is required.
Page 74 CM01 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OFF LINE SYSTEM DATA MEMORY PARTIAL CLEAR FUNCTION: This command is used to clear the data for specific features. PRECAUTION: This command can only be used in off-line mode. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: CLEAR DESIGNATION + DE (2 digits) DATA TABLE: CLEAR DESIGNATION SYSTEM DATA TO BE CLEARED...
Page 75 CM02 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SETTING OF SYSTEM CLOCK/READING OUT OF DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME FUNCTION: This command is used to assign system clock data (year, date and time). And this command is used to read out of the daylight saving time. PRECAUTION: The system clock starts when is pressed.
Page 76 CM02 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SETTING OF SYSTEM CLOCK/READING OUT OF DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME DATA TABLE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Calendar Year YYYY Calendar Year YYYY: Year (2000-2099) Setting of Date (Month, Day, Day of Week) MMDDWW Date MM: Month (01-12) DD : Day (01-31)
Page 77 CM03 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOG IN/LOG OUT OF PASSWORD MODE FUNCTION: This command is used to enter a password which allows the authorized personnel to access commands in accordance with preassigned authorization levels. PRECAUTION: The password for each level is set by CME9. The accessible commands for each level is set by CME7.
Page 78 CM04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term LANGUAGE INDICATED ON D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCD, PURPOSE OF CALLER ID SENDER, CONNECTION PORT FOR MCI FUNCTION: term This command selects the language that is displayed on the D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCDs, the pur- pose of the Caller ID sender, and the connection port for MCI (Message Center Interface). PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:...
Page 79 CM04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term LANGUAGE INDICATED ON D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCD, PURPOSE OF CALLER ID SENDER, CONNECTION PORT FOR MCI DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING term Display language for D Japanese ATTCON/DESKCON LCD English...
Page 80 CM04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term LANGUAGE INDICATED ON D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCD, PURPOSE OF CALLER ID SENDER, CONNECTION PORT FOR MCI : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING term DTG for D Japan CM67 Y=13 (System-basis) North America [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)]...
Page 81 CM04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term LANGUAGE INDICATED ON D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCD, PURPOSE OF CALLER ID SENDER, CONNECTION PORT FOR MCI : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Connection port for MCI RS0 on MP RS1 on MP PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program...
Page 82 CM04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term LANGUAGE INDICATED ON D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCD, PURPOSE OF CALLER ID SENDER, CONNECTION PORT FOR MCI : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING SMDR Message Format of Center Extended NEAX 2400 IMS Format Office for Centralized Billing- Former NEAX 2400 IMS Format CCIS...
Page 83 CM04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term LANGUAGE INDICATED ON D /ATTCON/DESKCON LCD, PURPOSE OF CALLER ID SENDER, CONNECTION PORT FOR MCI : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING A-law/µ-law for the Remote Site A-law Y=11: Remote Site No. 01 µ-law Not used Y=40: Remote Site No.
Page 84 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL FUNCTION: This command is used to designate the type of application processor (AP)/firmware processor (FP) card installed. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. The available value of first data of CM05 (FP/AP number) depends on the software version used in the system.
Page 85 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL • For Remote PIM over IP ×: Available –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) – – – – –...
Page 86 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL • For Remote PIM over IP ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) – – –...
Page 87 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL • For Remote PIM over IP ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) – – –...
Page 88 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL [For Series 3800 software or later] ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 64-93 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) – –...
Page 89 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL • For Remote PIM over IP ◊ ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available : Available only for partial APs FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 64-93 FP/AP TYPE ×...
Page 90 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL The AP numbers available for each AP card are as follows: ×: Available –: Not available AP CARD AP No. 04-15 AP No. 20-31 REMARKS × PN-AP00-A (DBM) – × ×...
Page 91 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL ×: Available –: Not available AP CARD AP No. 04-15 AP No. 20-31 REMARKS × × PN-30DTC-C (DTI) × × PN-2ILCC (ILC) × × PN-8IPTA (SIP) × × PN-IPTB (IPT) ×...
Page 92 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL The SENSE and changeover switch on each AP card should be set to the AP number assigned by this command as follows. • PN-AP00-A, PN-BRTA, PN-CS00, PN-4RSTC, PN-4RSTC-A, PN-SC03 are set as follows: SENSE SWITCH AP No.
Page 93 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL AP CARD Changeover SW PN-AP00-B SW1-4 PN-AP00-D SW1-4 PN-2BRTC SW11-4 PN-2BRTK SW11-4 PN-4BRTA-A SW4-8 PN-24CCTA SW1-4 PN-30CCTA SW-8 PN-CFTC SW1-4 PN-CFTC-A SW1-4 PN-DTA SW1-4 PN-DTB SW1-4 PN-24DTA-A SW-8 ON : AP No. 04-15 PN-24DTA-C SW1-4 PN-30DTC-A...
Page 94 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL The AP Highway channel available for each AP card and the number of time slots per card are shown below. ×: Available –: Not available AP HIGHWAY NUMBER OF AP CARD TIME SLOTS REMARKS Basic HW...
Page 95 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL ×: Available –: Not available AP HIGHWAY NUMBER OF AP CARD TIME SLOTS REMARKS Basic HW Expanded HW /CARD (128 time slots) (128 time slots) × PN-24DTA-A (DTI) – × ×...
Page 96 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: AP/FP/VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA ST + + DE (2 digits) (1-6 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER 00-93 FP/MP built-in FP/Virtual FP/DAIA/DAID CM05 Y=2-5...
Page 97 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL : Initial Data AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER 00-93 DBM (PN-AP00-A/PN-AP00-B) for Roaming [For PCS] PRECAUTION DCH (PN-SC01) for Roaming (2), [For PCS] DCH (PN-30PRTA/PN-DTA/PN-DTB) for CMAA Q-SIG [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)]...
Page 98 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL : Initial Data AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER 00-63 XZZZ : LT Highway number 0-3 allocated to FP CM05 Y=4, 5 NOTE 1 card/MP built-in FP/DAIA/DAID card CM14 NOTE 2 PRECAUTION...
Page 99 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL : Initial Data AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER 00-63 Kind of FP program CM05 Y=2, 4 NOTE 4 DAIA/DAID card CM14 PRECAUTION FP card NOTE 12 00-93 Signaling Converter (Virtual FP/Virtual IPT/...
Page 100 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER 00-93 XX ZZ PIM (Physical PIM/Virtual PIM) number con- trolled by each FP PRECAUTION XX ZZZZ [When FP for Main Site/Remote Site controls 1 PIM] XX ZZ XX: 00: Main Site...
Page 101 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER 00-93 XX ZZ PIM number controlled by Virtual FP for term PRECAUTION XX ZZZZ XX ZZ XX: 00: Main Site 01-15: Remote Site No.
Page 102 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL : Initial Data AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER 00-93 XX ZZ When AP card (PRT/CIR) is accommodated at Remote Site PRECAUTION XX YY ZZ XX YY ZZ XX: 01-30: Remote Site No.
Page 103 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL AP/FP/ SETTING DATA RELATED VIRTUAL AP REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER ACCOMMODATED SITE FP/AP No. FP/AP KIND (SITE No.) (PIM No.) Main Site (00) PIM0/PIM1 (0001) Main Site (00) PIM2/PIM3 (0203) Main Site (00) PIM4/PIM5 (0405) Main Site (00)
Page 104 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL NOTE 1: CM05 Y=2 is effective only for FP/DAIA/DAID card and MP built-in FP. CM05 Y=4 is effective only for FP/DAIA/DAID card, MP built-in FP and Virtual FP. Available FP numbers for each FP/DAIA/DAID card are as follows: PN-CP15/PN-CP17: FP No.
Page 105 CM05 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP/FP CARD TYPE, HIGHWAY CHANNEL NOTE 10: We recommend the setting of the PIM number of Virtual PIM controlled by the FP number by CM05 Y=8, when using Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2) software or later. NOTE 11: When setting the Virtual IPT to Virtual PIM, Virtual PIM number 12 must be set first.
Page 106 CM06 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP CARD ALLOCATION FUNCTION: This command is used to assign AP card allocation. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE 06YY (1-4 digits) (2-3 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA...
Page 107 CM06 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP CARD ALLOCATION : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DCH channel number 04-15, AP number (04-15, 20-31) of PN- CM05 20-31 SC01/PN-24PRTA/PN-30PRTA/ CM35 Y=93 PN-DTA/PN-DTB CMA9 Y=00 NONE No data 00-31 DCH channel number 04-15,...
Page 108 CM06 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL AP CARD ALLOCATION : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZ D channel path between CSI X YY X : PIM number (0-7) CM05 and CSH YY : Port number (00-56) CM10 XX : AP number (04-15, 20- First LEN (Level 0) of PN-2CSIA/...
Page 109 CM07 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL DTI/CCIS/ISDN/CFT/SIP TRUNK ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the DTI/CCIS/ISDN/CFT/SIP trunks. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. The system allocates time slots to consecutive channels from lowest to highest channel number assigned.
Page 110 CM07 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL DTI/CCIS/ISDN/CFT/SIP TRUNK ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZ Channel No. of ISDN-PRI D000 Trunk number CM05 (PN-24DTA-C/PN-24PRTA/ CM30 PN-30DTC-C/PN-30PRTA/ D255 CMA9 Y=00, 01 PN-DTA/PN-DTB) NONE No data XX : AP No.
Page 111 CM07 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL DTI/CCIS/ISDN/CFT/SIP TRUNK ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZ Channel No. of BRT D000 Trunk number CM05 XX : AP No. (04-15, 20-31) NOTE: Trunk numbers ZZ : Channel No.
Page 112 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES FUNCTION: This command is used to assign basic features on a system wide basis. PRECAUTION: After setting 1st data 335, 368, 390, 391, 392, 396, 420, 477, 478, 487, system reset is required. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: BASIC SERVICE DATA (0/1)
Page 113 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA A hold tone is sent to overlap call To send [Australia Only] Not sent C.O. to C.O. transfer by station or attendant To allow NOTE: This data is effective for C.O.
Page 114 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA SMDR output for Tandem call Available Not available Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Security. Stored Not displayed term number display on D for an outgoing call by Speed Calling- Display System (System Speed Dialing).
Page 115 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Warning Tone sent to connected parties to alert Executive Right Not sent of Way, Busy Verification or Attendant Override To send • Three burst tone [Other than New Zealand] •...
Page 116 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Line Fault Detection (Metering Burst) To provide [Australia Only] Not provided When the line disconnection or short circuit is repaired, the line Effective fault caused by Metering burst is automatically cleared Ineffective [Australia Only] PAD control pattern...
Page 117 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 101-199 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA When CM08>102: 0 for Single Line Telephone The call with STA-B is disconnected, and STA-A returns to STA-C Three Party Conference When the station (STA-A), after holding the other station (STA- As per CM08>101 C), has made a switch hook flash while talking with another sta-...
Page 118 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Answer preference for enhanced Trunk Line Appearance Display 2-digit trunk ID code (CM30 (Trunk Direct Appearances) Y=19, last two digits assigned) Display 4-digit trunk ID code CM30 Y=19 A station user is allowed to break into a call between a C.O.
Page 119 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Unsupervised transfer Return to held call After holding an incoming C.O. call, an attendant dials a sta- Attendant hears ROT tion. After connection with the attendant, if the called station goes on-hook, the attendant returns to the held call.
Page 120 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Ringing signal for Station-to-Station connection External Ringing [Other than North America] CM08>397 Internal Ringing Ringing signal for calls from station/Tie Line through CCIS External Ringing [Other than North America] CM08>397 Internal Ringing...
Page 121 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Individual attendant access from a station within another tenant Restricted CM20>A095 Allowed (Recall transferring station) term Lamp color on D when Message Waiting is set Green term Outgoing call preset and call answer preset of D...
Page 122 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Dialing of a Single Digit Feature Access Code while the calling Available station hears RBT, or performs a Voice Call Not available The table below shows the available features and its access codes for Single Digit Feature Access Code, while the calling station hears RBT.
Page 123 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Transfer a trunk line placed in Consultation Hold Available (Hold Transfer) (Hold Transfer) Not available (Consultation Hold) Multiple Radio Paging access after accessing a Radio Paging Not available trunk with delay type Radio Paging Available...
Page 124 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Ringing cadence on Automated Attendant call, DID call and Special Ringing Remote Access to System call CM08>397 [Other than North America] As per CM35 Y=33 or CM76 Y=22 Ringing cadence on Automated Attendant call, DID call and 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF DISA call...
Page 125 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 200-294 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Wake-up time printout on Hotel printer and the report is sent to Available PMS, when setting wake-up time from guest station Not available Do Not Disturb records print on Hotel printer and the report is Available...
Page 126 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Dialing of a Single Digit Feature Access Code, while the calling Available station hears busy tone Not available To activate Single Digit Feature Access Code, set CM08>050, 051, 069 and 148 to “1”. If the * button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing busy tone, it is Ineffective regarded as a Switch Hook Flash...
Page 127 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA When a caller encounters all ACD/UCD stations busy Busy Tone is to be sent out Caller is placed into queuing mode Method to cancel Call Forwarding-All Calls/-Busy Line/-Don’t Feature access code + Feature key Answer (No Answer) Feature access code + “*”...
Page 128 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA To complete the operation for setting Call Forwarding-All Setting when the station goes on Calls-Outside/Busy Line-Outside/Do Not Answer-Outside hook/when receiving Service Set Tone (ORT time out) Setting when receiving Service Set Tone (ORT time out) Whether the transferred C.O.
Page 129 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Dial Intercom to station set for Do Not Disturb Restricted (ROT connection) Allowed Call Forwarding-Busy Line/Station Hunting for station with Do Allowed Not Disturb set Restricted (ROT connection) Destination of call transfer by CM51 Y=10 in a system with The call is routed to a station within...
Page 130 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA term Whether the Hold key of the D is used as the Call Park- Call Park-Tenant Set key Tenant Set key for an internal or external call Hold key term Name Display-station/trunk and Guest Name Display on D...
Page 131 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Call termination to My Line while the station user makes a call Restricted term NOTE 1 with a Sub line or trunk line on D Allowed Busy indication on BLF of large type ATTCON, DSS Console Station base...
Page 132 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Wake Up time display on Front Desk Terminal 24-Hour (Military format) 12-Hour term MW lamp indication on D to which Message Waiting/Mes- Flashing (60 IPM) sage Reminder is set Steady lighting Continued on next page...
Page 133 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 301-398 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA term When system is initialized MIC lamp ON term MIC lamp OFF Display last calling station number 6 seconds Until next call Display calling station number when a calling station abandons Not available a call before the call is answered...
Page 134 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA When a call is transferred by Remote Access to System (DISA) Disconnect call to predetermined station and time-out occurs, the call is contin- Continue call ued or dropped CM30 Y=30 CM41 Y=0>39 Buzzer sound when terminating incoming call to attendant that...
Page 135 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Camp-On (Call Waiting) Tone sent to busy station by Call Wait- Every 4 seconds ing-Station/-Terminating (Camp-On Call Waiting method) Only once NOTE: In Italy, Belgium, Denmark, Switzerland and Spain, you have to set setting data to 0.
Page 136 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Interval of ringer until detecting a ringing frequency from the As per CM08>381 main PBX or Centrex. As per CM35 Y=33 term Ringing is sent from D until detection of the ringing fre- quency.
Page 137 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Ringing signal patterns for external call 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF [Not used in North America] 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF -0.4 seconds ON-2 seconds OFF INITIAL Station ringing cadence selection for Internal call 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF (For...
Page 138 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Ringing signal patterns for an internal/external call and special Depends on the combination of ringing CM08>392 and 396 [Not used in North America] (See the following table) Depends on the data set by INITIAL CM08>392 and 396...
Page 139 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA term Provide PAD for D at all times To provide NOTE: For Europe, be sure to set the data to 0. Not provided term connection PAD With PAD [For EU] Without PAD...
Page 140 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 400-493 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Send Calling Party Subaddress to ISDN network To send Not sent Terminating system for Called Party Subaddress Station call Terminating system assigned by CM30 Y=02/03/40/41 term Advice of Charge (AOC) display on D...
Page 141 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Charging to the transferring station or transfer destination sta- Charging to transferring station tion Charging to transfer destination sta- tion Shown below are stations to which call is to be charged in the case of various transfer patterns. STA: station ATTCON: Attendant Console Transfer Pattern...
Page 142 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Forced release when called ISDN Terminal does not answer Not available during 3 minutes Available ISDN CPN (Calling Party Number) when making a call from CPN entered in ISDN Terminal ISDN Terminal CPN assigned by CM12 Y=12/13...
Page 143 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Whether the fault information is cleared when the fault infor- To clear mation clear command is received from the RMAT Not cleared Send OAI SMFN STS (status) for Call Transfer from station SMFN STS=7 SMFN STS=0 Send OAI SMFN when answering held call...
Page 144 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Sender Tone sending on DOD MFC call/Enhanced 911 Not sent (No tone) To send Selection of Backward signal for ANI signal on DOD MFC call Backward GC NOTE: The setting data of CM08>477 and 487 must be same.
Page 145 Protected Login Mode for All D [Series 3100] As per CM15 Y=480 term Whether the system encodes the station number when D To encode (NEC Original method) login to the network Not encoded [Series 3100] term Whether the system encodes the password when D...
Page 146 User Mo- bility feature. Encoding method for the password NOTE: Effective when CM08>515 is set to 1. NEC Original method [Series 3100] Whether the system sends SPDT when entering the name/num- Not sent ber for Dial by Name...
Page 147 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA DTG (Digital Tone Generator) for IP-CS NEAX 2000 IPS Specification [For PHS] NEAX 2400 IPX Specification [Series 3300] System operation after the C.O./Tie line (via TRK-B) is com- Return to the original call pleted when a station that has a C.O./Tie line call (via TRK-A) (via TRK-A)
Page 148 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Displaying the calling information on PS when an Attendant Information of holding call Console calls a PS with consultation holding the other station/ (Station/Trunk information) trunk Information of Attendant Console [Series 3500]...
Page 149 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA term Information to display on the middle line of the D /ATTCON Forwarding station name term LCD when forwarding a trunk call to the D /ATTCON by Caller ID Call Forwarding-All Calls/Don’t Answer (No Answer)/Busy...
Page 150 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Duration of displaying the name when the incoming call is 6 seconds answered/the select key for Calling Number Display and Call- Until call is finished/key is pressed ing Name Display or CID key is pressed again [Series 3700 R12.2]...
Page 151 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 600-699 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Selection of trunk route seized for Call Forwarding-All Calls/ By calling party’s tenant/terminating Busy Line/Don’t Answer (No Answer)-Outside, Split Call For- trunk’s tenant warding-All Calls/Busy Line/Don’t Answer (No Answer)-Out- By Call Forwarding setting station’s...
Page 152 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Alternative Routing when the MB switch of IPT/IP-PAD card is To provide (CGC sending) ON/LAN cable of IPT/IP-PAD card is pulled out in tandem Not provided (CFL sending) office or when all outgoing trunks of tandem office are make busy condition [Series 3600]...
Page 153 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Ringer Tone Pattern providing for CCIS/SIP incoming call To provide [Series 3600] Not provided Operation when the ORT/T302 time out occurs Stop connecting [Russia Only] Keep connecting [Series 3600] Operation of hooking/call holding after a station receives warn-...
Page 154 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Output message which is sent from PBX to ISDN network CALL PROC + ALERT + DISC when the 2nd line is released by Mobility Access hooking CALL PROC + ALERT + [Series 3700 R12.2] CONNECT + DISC...
Page 155 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 700-735 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA ON/OFF condition for external relay/external key on MP built- ON (Ground Start) in DK00 card OFF (Ground Off [Open]) ON (Ground Off [Open]) OFF (Ground Start) Ringing signal/Live Record Start signal which includes caller To send...
Page 156 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Station number sent to VMS when accessing VMS from a sub- Subline station number term line assigned on D My Line station number Soft Keys for Call Screening feature Available Not available Sending of expanded information on Low Layer Compatibility...
Page 157 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 800-851 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Call record of Centralized Billing-CCIS for local office Using MP built-in SMDR [Series 3400] Using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with AP00/MRCA program Send Office Number to Center Office for Centralized Billing- To send CCIS Not sent...
Page 158 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA The line/trunk engaged in communication with the 2nd party is To provide set in 3rd party line 1 of OAI SMFN STS (status) 1-0 when a Not provided call terminates for Conversation Monitoring (FID=6)/Call Con- ferencing (FID=8)
Page 159 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Number of digits for a sequence used to communicate with the 3 digits (000-199) 2 digits (00-99) [Series 3400] Timing that the system sends a recovery process request to the At every connection establishment At the first connection establishment [Series 3400]...
Page 160 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Send OAI SMFN when setting CAMP ON of OAI SMFN To send FID=1 STS (status)=8 and when answering by pressing Answer Not sent Key from the set PBX of OAI SMFN FID=2 STS (status)=8 [Series 3700 R12.1] Advice of Charge (AOC) information is sent to PMS To send (dollar/euro charge)
Page 161 CM08 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BASIC SERVICE FEATURES BASIC SERVICE FEATURE: 900, 904 : Initial Data BASIC SERVICE FEATURE SETTING DATA Selection of RS-232C port used for downloading the VMS Soft Port 1 Key data Port 0 NOTE: When Port 1 is used for Built-in MODEM, the Port 1 cannot be used for downloading the VMS Soft Key data.
Page 162 CM09 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL ADDITIONAL SERVICE FEATURES FUNCTION: This command is used to assign additional features on a system-wide basis. PRECAUTION: This command requires the system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: ADDITIONAL SERVICE DATA (0/1) + 09 + FEATURE (1 digit) (2 digits)
Page 163 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL FUNCTION: term This command is used to provide LAN interface for accommodating D IP or H.323 IP trunks/SIP trunks. PRECAUTION: LAN interface numbers which can be used by the system is 00-15 (Series 3200 R6.1 (R6.1) or before) or 00-31 (Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2) or later).
Page 164 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL • When accommodated in even numbered PIM (PIM0/2/4/6) PN-32IPLA/PN-32IPLA-A 0/2/4/6 No. 0 No. 1 PN-8IPLA 0/2/4/6 LAN interface number should use 00-31 for SIP cards. Maximum number of LAN interface numbers used for SIP cards is 2 per system. Use the LAN interface number 00-31.
Page 165 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL DATA TABLE: Y=00-37 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING LAN Interface number for LAN Interface XX : FP number 00-31 which IP-PAD/H.323 IPT/SIP number accommodates the IP-PAD...
Page 166 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING TCP/UDP/RTP Port of UDP Port for 01024 TCP/UDP/RTP Port number LAN Interface 00 for SIP/ Voice control IP-PAD TCP Base Port...
Page 167 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Echo Canceller for IP-PAD LAN Interface Echo Canceller OFF number Echo Canceller ON NOTE 1: This command is available when PN-32IPLA/PN-32IPLA-A is used.
Page 168 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Type of Service (TOS) field LAN Interface X: PRECEDENCE 0-7 for Precedence for IP-PAD number voice packet Z : PRECEDENCE 0-7 for control packet...
Page 169 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING TCP/UDP/RTP Port of UDP Port for 01024 TCP/UDP/RTP Port number LAN Interface 08 for SIP/ Voice control IP-PAD TCP Base Port...
Page 170 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL Y=50-93 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING IP-PAD card number of LAN Interface Card Number of IP-PAD LAN Interface for IP-PAD number NOTE: Set this data only when...
Page 171 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Primary IP Address for LAN Interface aaa bbb ccc ddd IP Address for DNS server DNS server number aaa : 000-255...
Page 172 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Connection via IP-PAD LAN Interface Restrict connection of IP-PAD without 16VCT number without 16VCT [Series 3100] Connect with G.711 fixed Characteristic level setting XXZZ XX: LAN Inter-...
Page 173 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Number of channels used in LAN Interface 8 channel used (8 ports are occu- the IP-PAD card Number pied) [Series 3300]...
Page 174 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL NOTE: Default setting is shown in table below. Follow the initial data settings usually. Default Settings Level Destination Terminal/Trunk PN-32IPLA/ PN-8IPLA PN-32IPLA-A Smooth PAD COT/LDT/DIT/ODT -5 dBm Single line telephone (including LLC connection) -2 dBm PRT/BRT...
Page 175 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DTMF inband mode for LAN Interface In-band mode (Voice pass PN-8IPLA (IP-PAD) number through) [Series 3300] Out-band mode (with H.245 UII) Provide the call log collec- LAN Interface...
Page 176 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Provide the FAX communi- LAN Interface To provide cation feature for the LAN number Not provided Interface on the IP-PAD card [Series 3200 R6.2...
Page 177 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Baud of FAX communica- LAN Interface 2400 bps tion to the LAN Interface of number 4800 bps the IP-PAD card 7200 bps...
Page 178 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL Y=100-115 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 100 TCP/UDP/RTP Port of UDP Port for 01024 TCP/UDP/RTP Port number LAN Interface 16 for SIP/ Voice control IP-PAD TCP Base Port...
Page 179 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 106 TCP/UDP/RTP Port of UDP Port for 01024 TCP/UDP/RTP Port number LAN Interface 22 for SIP/ Voice control IP-PAD TCP Base Port...
Page 180 CM0A COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP-PAD INITIAL LAN INTERFACE ASSIGNMENT SIP INITIAL IPT INITIAL : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 112 TCP/UDP/RTP Port of UDP Port for 01024 TCP/UDP/RTP Port number LAN Interface 28 for SIP/ Voice control IP-PAD TCP Base Port...
Page 181 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: term This command is used to provide the LAN interface of the system, TCP/UDP port for use of the D and Virtual IP trunk (Virtual IPT), VLAN function, and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). PRECAUTION: When providing Remote PIM over IP, set up the following Data for Main Site and Data for Remote Site.
Page 182 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING LAN data setting for the Subnet Mask for 000000000000 Subnet Mask the system system NOTE 1 255255255255 NONE No data Default Gateway 000000000000 Default Gateway...
Page 183 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT NOTE 1: To provide the VLAN function to the system, clear the IP Address and Subnet Mask for the system that has been set by CM0B Y=00>00 and 01 after setting the data by CM0B Y=02>03 and 04.
Page 184 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING VLAN data setting VLAN function To provide [Series 3100] Not provided NOTE 1 Priority of Priority 0 NOTE 2 VLAN ID Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3...
Page 185 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- SNMP port Open SNMP port ment Protocol (SNMP) data [Series 3100] Not open SNMP port setting Community Allow (admin) Name “admin”...
Page 186 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- Community XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT ment Protocol (SNMP) data name (2/2) (Maximum 18 digits: 9 charac- setting (17-25 charac- ters)
Page 187 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- System informa- XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT ment Protocol (SNMP) data tion (sysDescr) (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac- setting (4/8) ters)
Page 188 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- Contact with the XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT ment Protocol (SNMP) data system manager (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac- setting (sysContact) ters)
Page 189 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- Contact with the XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT ment Protocol (SNMP) data system manager (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac- setting (sysContact) ters)
Page 190 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- System name XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT ment Protocol (SNMP) data (sysName) (1/4) (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac- setting (1-16 charac- ters)
Page 191 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- Location of sys- XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT tem (sysLoca- ment Protocol (SNMP) data (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac- tion) (1/4) setting ters)
Page 192 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Manage- IP Address for 000000000000 IP Address for the destination of ment Protocol (SNMP) data the destination trap setting of trap 255255255255...
Page 193 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Man- Community name for XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT agement Protocol the destination of (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac- (SNMP) data setting trap (First place) ters)
Page 194 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Man- Community name for XX...X Character Code by MAT/CAT agement Protocol the destination of (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac- (SNMP) data setting trap (Third place) ters)
Page 195 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Man- IP Address for the 000000000000 IP Address for the SNMP man- agement Protocol SNMP manager ager (SNMP) data setting (First place) 255255255255 NOTE...
Page 196 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Simple Network Man- IP Address for the 000000000000 IP Address for the trap source agement Protocol trap source (SNMP) data setting NOTE 255255255255 [Series 3200 R6.2...
Page 197 UDP port number of Regis- RAS port 00000 tration Admission Status UDP port number 3456 (RAS) port 01023 (NEC original UDP port for 01024 UDP port number 1024 System-based DRS) 65534 UDP port number 65534 NONE UDP port number 3456 Continued on next page –...
Page 198 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Port number of Device Port number of 01024 DHM Self port number 1024 Handler Manager (DHM) DHM Self port Self port which is used 65534 DHM Self port number 65534...
Page 199 MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING UDP Base Port number of 00-59 Virtual FP num- 01024 UDP Base Port number the PROTIMS port (NEC original UDP port) 65535 [Series 3300] NONE See below FP No. UDP Port No. 50000 50064 50128...
Page 200 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT Y=20 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING TCP Server/TCP Client TCP Server 00000 port TCP Server port number 57000 01023 01024 TCP Server port number 1024 65534 TCP Server port number 65534 NONE...
Page 201 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT Y=31-60 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Remote Site No. 01-30 IP Address for 00000000000 IP Address [Series 3200 R6.2 the Remote Site 255255255255 (R6.2)] NONE No data Subnet Mask for 00000000000...
Page 202 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Remote Site No. 01-30 VLAN ID to the 0001 VLAN ID NOTE 1 [Series 3200 R6.2 Remote Site NOTE 2 (R6.2)] 4094 NOTE 3...
Page 203 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT NOTE 1: One VLAN ID can be set per Remote Site. NOTE 2: VLAN ID 0 is not available. NOTE 3: Clear the IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the Remote Site that have been set by CM0B Y=31-60>00, 01.
Page 204 CM0B COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Remote Site No. 01-30 Start time for the auto- Not execute the automatic [Series 3200 R6.2 matic changeover to changeover to normal mode (R6.2)] normal mode from 0-30 seconds...
Page 205 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) FUNCTION: term This command is used to specify the update information of D IP firmware and MP Program Down- load (FTP). PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + 0CYY + (1-8 digits)
Page 206 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP Program Down- IP Address for 000000000000 IP Address for the FTP server load (FTP) informa- FTP server tion (Main Site) 255255255255...
Page 207 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP Program Down- Directory name XXX...X Directory name load (FTP) informa- (ASCII Code) (1-16 characters) tion (Main Site) Character Code [Series 3500]...
Page 208 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP Program Down- XX01 Port number for 00001 TCP Port No. for the FTP server load (FTP) informa- FTP server tion (Main Site/...
Page 209 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP Program Down- XX04 Directory name XXX...X Directory name load (FTP) informa- (ASCII Code) (1-16 characters) tion (Main Site/ Character Code Remote Site)
Page 210 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING term Start updating IP Station Start updating term IP firmware [Series 3200 R6.1 XXXXXXXX (R6.1)] term NOTE: After setting the first data and second data, MAT/CAT displays the status of the D IP.
Page 211 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP Execute MP pro- Start to download program for MP Pro- gram download Now downloading gram Download Not executed (FTP) (Main Site)
Page 212 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP Changeover YYYY MM YYYY: Year (2000-2099) program for MP Pro- (changeback) DD HH mm : Month (01-12) gram Download time...
Page 213 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP Status of MP pro- XX YY ZZ XX: File type program for MP Pro- gram download 00: MP program file gram Download YY: Downloading file No.
Page 214 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP MP card status of XX XX ZZ ZZ XX: 00/01: Side type program for MP Pro- upgraded side/ XX: 00/01: Side status gram Download...
Page 215 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP XX00 Execute MP pro- Start to download program for MP Pro- gram download Now downloading gram Download Not executed...
Page 216 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP XX01 Changeover YYYY MM YYYY: Year (2000-2099) program for MP Pro- (changeback) DD HH mm : Month (01-12) gram Download time...
Page 217 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP XX03 MP program copy To copy program for MP Pro- from Flash ROM Not copied gram Download 1 (upgraded side)
Page 218 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP XX05 The latest result XX YY ZZ XX: File type program for MP Pro- of MP program YYYYMMDD 00: MP program file gram Download...
Page 219 CM0C COMMAND CODE TITLE: term UPDATING OF D IP FIRMWARE/MP PROGRAM DOWNLOAD (FTP) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Downloading MP XX06 MP card status of XX XX ZZ ZZ XX: 00/01: Side type program for MP Pro- upgraded side/ XX: 00/01: Side status...
Page 220 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FUNCTION: This command is used to assign station numbers, trunk numbers, and card numbers to LEN (Line Equip- ment Number: PIM No. + Port No.). After Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2) or later, all the data of CM10 can also set up CM14. While using Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2) or later, Station number/Trunk number/Card number recommends setting up by CM14.
Page 221 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA (STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER) RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING OF DATA X-XXXXXXXX Single Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) CM12 Virtual PS station number (1-8 digits) CM13 C100 Card number of AMP trunk (PN-2AMP)
Page 222 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER SETTING DATA (STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER) RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING OF DATA E100 DSS Console number (00-31) CM96 When installed in PIM 0/1 ..... E100-E107 CM97 E131 When installed in PIM 2/3 ..... E108-E115 When installed in PIM 4/5 .....
Page 223 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER SETTING DATA (STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER) RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING OF DATA EB002 Card number of Digital Announcement Trunk (PN-2DATA/4DATA) CM30 When accommodated in PIM 0/1 ....EB002-EB031 CM49 EB127 When accommodated in PIM 2/3 ....EB032-EB063 (PIM...
Page 224 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER Location of Each LEN PIM3 (LT00) (LT01) (LT02) (LT03) (LT04) (LT05) (LT06) (LT07) (LT08) (LT09) (LT10) (LT11) NOTE 1 PIM2 (LT00) (LT01) (LT02) (LT03) (LT04) (LT05) (LT06) (LT07) (LT08) (LT09) (LT10) (LT11) NOTE 1...
Page 225 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER NOTE 1: In Slot 08-11, the following 8-port or 16-port line/trunk circuit cards are not mountable. PN-8COT, PN-8DLC, PN-8LC, PN-4DAT, PN-CFTB, PN-2CSI, PN-4CSI When the above line/trunk cards are mounted in Slot LT01/AP01-LT07/AP07, only applica- tion processor cards (not including PN-2ILCC) are mountable in Slot LT08/AP08-LT11/ AP11.
Page 226 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER Location of Each LEN PIM7 (LT00) (LT01) (LT02) (LT03) (LT04) (LT05) (LT06) (LT07) (LT08) (LT09) (LT10) (LT11) NOTE 1 PIM6 (LT00) (LT01) (LT02) (LT03) (LT04) (LT05) (LT06) (LT07) (LT08) (LT09) (LT10) (LT11) NOTE 1...
Page 227 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER NOTE 1: In Slot 08-11, the following 8-port or 16-port line/trunk circuit cards are not mountable. PN-8COT, PN-8DLC, PN-8LC, PN-4DAT, PN-CFTB, PN-2CSI, PN-4CSI When the above line/trunk cards are mounted in Slot LT01/AP01-LT07/AP07, only applica- tion processor cards (not including PN-2ILCC) are mountable in Slot LT08/AP08-LT11/ AP11.
Page 228 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER LEN Assignment on Each Line/Trunk Card ×: Available –: Not available LEN TO BE ASSIGNED ON EACH LTXX NUMBER NUMBER CARD OF TIME LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL NAME CIRCUITS...
Page 229 CM10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER LEN Assignment on Each Line/Trunk Card ×: Available –: Not available LEN TO BE ASSIGNED ON EACH LTXX NUMBER NUMBER CARD OF TIME LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL NAME CIRCUITS...
Page 230 CM11 COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER FUNCTION: This command is used to assign station numbers, Intercom numbers, Loop Line numbers and ICI/OPR term term Line numbers (for D Attendant Position) to Virtual Lines assigned on D PRECAUTION: Virtual Line station numbers must be different from station numbers assigned by CM10/CM14. The virtual LEN has no relation to the LEN used in CM10/CM14.
Page 231 CM11 COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER The following number can be assigned as the Virtual Line. term Maximum of 256 lines, regardless of the number of D s accommodated. [Series 3300 software or before] term term The total of D IP numbers and Virtual Line numbers can only equal 1020, maximum.
Page 232 CM11 COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: Virtual VIRTUAL LINE INTERCOM + 11 + + EXE NUMBER NUMBER (3/4 digits) (1-9 digits) (4 digits) DATA TABLE: VIRTUAL RELATED VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER COMMAND 000-255 Station number (1-8 digits) CM20 0000-1019 X=0-9, A (*), B (#) CM90...
Page 233 CM11 COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER VIRTUAL RELATED VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER COMMAND 000-255 B000 Dial Intercom number CM12 Y=03 0000-1019 CM56 Y=12 B900 BX YY CM90 PRECAUTION (4) B001 X : Intercom Code (0-9) YY : Dial Intercom Group number (00-24) B901 NOTE 3 B024...
Page 234 CM11 COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER NOTE 1: Automatic Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below: AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC INTERCOM INTERCOM INTERCOM GROUP No. (A) No. (B) A000 A100 A001 A101 A031 A131 NOTE 2: Manual Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below: MANUAL INTERCOM GROUP...
Page 235 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 FUNCTION: The features for each station are determined by assigning Station Class-1 to each station number. PRECAUTION: term When assigning Station Class-1 to D by this command, enter “X-XXXXXXXX (My Line number)” of FX-FXXXXXXXX, which is assigned by CM10/CM14, as the first data. term term Also when assigning to D...
Page 236 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 ×: To assign –: Not assigned STATION NUMBER × × × × × × × × × × × × Single line station number – – – – × × (Assigned by CM10/CM14) term ×...
Page 237 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 ×: To assign –: Not assigned STATION NUMBER × × × × × × × × × Single line station number – – – – – – – (Assigned by CM10/CM14) term × × ×...
Page 238 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 ×: To assign –: Not assigned STATION NUMBER × × × × × × × × × Single line station number – – – – – (Assigned by CM10/CM14) term × × × × ×...
Page 239 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: STATION Automatic/ Loop ICI/OPR DATA Manual/ Line Line No. (1-8 12YY ST + + DE (1-8 digits) Dial Intercom (4 digits) digits) No. (4 digits) (4 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND...
Page 240 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Kind of Telephone House Phone 0 CM51 Y=14 House Phone 1 House Phone 2 House Phone 3 FAX Call Station Group No. 0 CM51 Y=14 FAX Call Station Group No.
Page 241 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Service Restriction Class C Service Restriction Class C (00-15) CM15 NOTE: The features available in each Class are programmed in CM15. Kind of idle status of called Called station idle (No Charge) station on DID MFC call Called station control (Charge)
Page 242 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term term term TAPI ADAPTER mode 65 TAPI ADAPTER on D 75 (D CM12 Y=22 Series E) INITIAL [Soft Key is not available] [Series 3200 R6.1 Not used (R6.1)] term...
Page 243 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Combination of the main Main station number/Sub station number station and sub station for WCS Number Sharing XXXXXXXX NONE No data NOTE 1: Assign the data as follows. term 1st data: Main station (D My line)
Page 244 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Kind of D 24 Line/Trunk/Feature keys + 8/12 One Touch CM94 keys 16 Line/Trunk/Feature keys + 16/20 One Touch keys or Attendant Position NOTE: After the 2nd data of CM12 Y=24 is changed, pull out and reconnect the modular con- term...
Page 245 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Sending BLF message via To send CM50 Y=08>3 CCIS to Destination No.3 Not sent Sending BLF message via To send CM50 Y=08>4 CCIS to Destination No.4 Not sent Sending BLF message via To send...
Page 246 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Time to start the power sav- 1 minute later term term ing of D 85 (D 2 minutes later Series i) 4 minutes later [Series 3200 R6.1 8 minutes later (R6.1)]...
Page 247 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Station controlled by AP00 Not controlled CM12 Y=91 card in Billing/Hotel fea- Controlled tures Only 504 stations are controlled in order of station [Series 3400] registration (The 505 or more stations are not controlled) AP00 INITIAL...
Page 248 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Display language for D Japanese CM04 Y=0>00 LCD (Station Base) English [Series 3600] French (Canadian French) Spanish (Latin Spanish) Portuguese (Brazilian Portuguese) German Italian Netherlandish French (Europe)
Page 249 CM12 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-1 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Registered D IP MAC X..XXX MAC Address display Address display/clear (12 digits) MAC Address automatic registration in Fixed Con- nection Mode [Series 3700 R12.2] Clear NONE No data...
Page 250 CM13 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-2 FUNCTION: The features for each station are to be designated by assigning Station Class-2 for each station number. PRECAUTION: term When assigning Station Class-2 to a D by this command, enter “X-XXXXXXXX (My Line number)”...
Page 251 CM13 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-2 ×: To assign –: Not assigned 24 25 29 32 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 41 45 46 51 52 54 55 56 57 58 STATION NUMBER × × × × × ×...
Page 252 CM13 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-2 : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING SMDR/Centralized Billing-CCIS for Not provided CM35 Y=14 outgoing call To provide Analog data station (FAX, MODEM, Data station etc.) or ordinary station Ordinary station PRECAUTION (2) Send or not ringing signal to the sin- Not sent ringing signal CM12 Y=05...
Page 253 CM13 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-2 : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Station Hunting for Direct-in Termi- Ineffective CM35 Y=49 nation calls Effective Reverse signal sending to stations To send Not sent NOTE: This command is effective when using the LC card (PN-4LCF/PN-4LCL/PN-4LCW) supports re- verse signal.
Page 254 CM13 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-2 : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Send or not ringing signal to the sin- Not sent ringing signal gle line telephone connected to Ana- Send ringing signal log Port Adapter Connection of TAPI Adapter TAPI station Ordinary station Send information of application to...
Page 255 CM13 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION CLASS-2 : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Kind of station in the hotel function Administrative station [Series 3400] Guest station NOTE: Set the second data to “0”, when the station is used except Hotel Console or Guest station. Whether the PMS information for 8 Display information assigned by CM08>548 characters display in left-side on...
Page 256 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP FUNCTION: This command is used to assign station numbers, trunk numbers, and card numbers to LEN (Line Equip- ment Number: FP/Virtual AP No. + AP/Virtual PIM Port No.). PRECAUTION: [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)] The first data of CM14 is as follows.
Page 257 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP • For Remote PIM over IP ×: Available –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) – –...
Page 258 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP • For Remote PIM over IP ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) –...
Page 259 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP • For Remote PIM over IP ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) –...
Page 260 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP [For Series 3800 software or later] ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 64-93 FP/AP TYPE × × FP card (PN-CP15) –...
Page 261 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP • For Remote PIM over IP ◊ ×/∆: Available NOTE 1 –: Not available : Available only for partial APs FP/AP No. 01-03 04-15 16-19 20-31 32-59 60-63 64-93 FP/AP TYPE...
Page 262 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP LEN is determined by setup of CM05 Y=0/4/6/8, refer to “LEN ASSIGNMENT” about location of LEN at the initial setting. Page A2 term When deleting a station number (Single Line or D ), be sure to delete Call Pickup data (CM16), ACD/UCD Group data (CM17) and Station Hunting Group data (CM18) in advance.
Page 263 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE (5 digits) (1-10 digits) DATA TABLE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. Single Line station number (1-8 digits) CM12 XXXXXXXX...
Page 264 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. D000 Trunk number (C.O./Tie Line, Paging, Radio CM07 (00-63) Paging, BGM, Virtual trunk, 4VCT, SIP trunk) CM30 ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM D255...
Page 265 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. E100 DSS Console number (00-31) CM96 (00-63) NOTE 1: For the FP No. 00-03, the DSS Con- CM97 ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM E131...
Page 266 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. E201 Card number of PB receiver (PN-8RST) CM45 Y=0, 1, 2, NOTE 1: The card number (E201-E215) (00-63)
Page 267 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. E600 TAS Indicator Interface number activated by CM30 (00-63) station ringer Y=13, 14, 17 ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM E663...
Page 268 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. E900 Card number of External Key Interface CM61 (00-63) (PN-DK00) ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM E963 NOTE 1:...
Page 269 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. EB002 Card number of Digital Announcement Trunk CM30 (00-63) (PN-4DATC) CM49 ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM EB127...
Page 270 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. EC00 Add-on Module number CM90 (00-63) NOTE 1: For the FP No. 00-03, the Add-on CM98 ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM EC31...
Page 271 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. EEA XXX IP-CS Registration CMAD (00-63) XXX represents CS number (000-255) YY=00 ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM NOTE 1:...
Page 272 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. EEB XXX Virtual CS/ZT Registration for WLAN CM05 (00-63) XXX represents Virtual CS/ZT number (000- Y=0/6 ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM 255)
Page 273 CM14 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, CARD NUMBER FOR EACH FP 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING XX ZZZ XX : FP/Virtual AP No. EEB XXX NOTE 7: If the CS/ZT number is changed or (00-63) cleared by this command, all Virtu- ZZZ: AP/Virtual PIM...
Page 274 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS FUNCTION: Restriction of each service feature is to be set for each service restriction class assigned to the stations. There are three kinds of Service Restriction Class, A, B and C. The service features to be restricted by these Service Restriction Classes are different.
Page 275 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A DATA TABLE: Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) Call Forwarding-All Calls Restricted Allow Call Hold Outgoing Trunk Queuing Call Back Executive Right of Way (Executive Override) Calling side Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing)
Page 276 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) Automatic Wake Up set from guest or administrative station Restricted (Different wake up time is set to multiple stations) Allow Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Message Waiting Lamp set/reset from station...
Page 277 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) Message Waiting Lamp Control from predetermined station or Restricted attendant Allow Voice Message Waiting-System/Individual Set/Cancel/Retrieve Voice Message Waiting-System Recording Call Waiting Set-Calling Side Call Waiting Answer-Called Side...
Page 278 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) 111 Whisper Page Whispering Side Restricted Allow 112 Whisper Page Whispered Side 115 PS/WLAN Terminal Call Forwarding-Not Available Restricted Allow 116 Voice Guide...
Page 279 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) 128 WCS Number Sharing set/cancel from sub station Allow NOTE: Set “0” to sub station. Restricted Set “1”...
Page 280 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) 136 Calling Number/Calling Name Display for ISDN/T1-ANI/ Calling Number MFC-R2 incoming call Display Calling Name Display 139 Short Message Notification (OAI) Allow [For PCS]...
Page 281 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) 205 Selection of Off Hook Ring Volume Off Hook Ring [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)] Volume 2 (As per CM42>75) Off Hook Ring Volume 1...
Page 282 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A Service Restriction Class A : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (A) 219 Call Forwarding-Busy Line for call forwarding in Mobility Restricted Access Mode Allow [Series 3700 R12.2] 222 Room Status Code setting Allowed (Room Cutoff/Do Not Disturb/Message Waiting/Wake Up...
Page 283 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B Service Restriction Class B : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (B) TAS Service Restricted Allow Individual Trunk Access from Station Change of mode for CAT term Starting up OAI MSF from PB telephone/D by using access code Day Night Mode Change by Station Dialing...
Page 284 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B Service Restriction Class B : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (B) Maid Status Restricted Allow Collect Call Called Side [Brazil Only] 151 Connected Destination Number/Calling Party Number Indica- Restricted tion on Q-SIG Allow...
Page 285 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C Service Restriction Class C : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (C) Immediate Ringing on Single Line Telephone Restricted Allow One hit ringing for Call Forwarding-All Calls Restricted Allow Ringing Line Pick up Allow...
Page 286 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C Service Restriction Class C : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (C) Switch Hook Flash during internal call See below Result of a Switch Hook Flash during a station-to-station call is specified by the combination of CM15 Y=88, 89.
Page 287 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C Service Restriction Class C : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (C) term Ringer Tone Pattern See below term ringer tone pattern is assigned by the following combi- nation of CM15 Y=83, 84, and 93.
Page 288 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C Service Restriction Class C : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (C) term Number of digits on the LCD of the D 24 digits 16 digits term Type of D Without LCD term Automatic Allocation is available by D...
Page 289 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C Service Restriction Class C : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (C) 194 Call log collection on VoIP call Allow [Series 3500] Restricted NOTE: When changing this data of terminals accommodated in a remote site, execute the office data copy by CMEC Y=8 to the remote site.
Page 290 CM15 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C Service Restriction Class C : Initial Data SERVICE SETTING DATA REST. MEANING DATA MEANING CLASS (C) 484 Priority for Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility Access call See below [Series 3700 R12.2] PRIORITY 2ND DATA=0 2ND DATA=3 Restriction of Inter-tenant Connection...
Page 291 CM16 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP FUNCTION: This command is used to allocate stations to each Call Pickup group and Group Diversion group. PRECAUTION: The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Call Pickup group is 60. There is no limitation to the number of Call Pickup groups.
Page 292 CM16 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP DATA TABLE: : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Station numbers to Station number (A) Station number (B) be included in Call Pickup Group XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX NONE No data...
Page 293 CM16 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Pilot station in Call Station number in Call Pilot station Pickup group Pickup-Group Member station XXXXXXXX NOTE NOTE: Only one station can be assigned as the Pilot station of a Call Pickup group.
Page 294 CM17 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ACD/UCD GROUP FUNCTION: This command is used to define ACD (Automatic Call Distribution)/UCD (Uniform Call Distribution) groups. PRECAUTION: A maximum of 16 ACD/UCD groups can be assigned per system. A maximum number of 60 stations can be assigned to a ACD/UCD group. Prior to changing or deleting the station number within a ACD/UCD group, in CM17 Y=0, it is necessary to change the data for CM17 Y=1-7 to the initial data.
Page 295 CM17 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ACD/UCD GROUP : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Pilot station in Station number to Member station ACD/UCD group be assigned as Pilot Pilot station XXXXXXXX Pilot station and Station number to OAI Member CM41 Y=0...
Page 296 CM17 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ACD/UCD GROUP : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING ACD/UCD Delay Pilot station num- To send periodically CM49 Y=00 Announcement ber of ACD/UCD To send only once CM41 Service XXXXXXXX group...
Page 297 CM18 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP FUNCTION: This command is used to assign stations to a Station Hunting group. There are three hunt types; Station Hunting-Terminal, Station Hunting-Circular and Station Hunting-Secretarial. PRECAUTION: When a Station Hunting group requires a secretary station, it is necessary to assign CM18 Y=2. The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Station Hunting group is 60.
Page 298 CM18 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP DATA TABLE: Station Hunting-Terminal : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Station numbers Station number (A) Station number (B) included in Station Hunting group XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX NONE No data When assigning station numbers to a Station Hunting group, only two station numbers can be assigned per operation.
Page 299 CM18 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Secretary station Secretary station number Secretary station serial numbers Secretary station should XXXXXXXX be Pilot station. Not assigned Operation: The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by CM19.
Page 300 CM18 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP Station Hunting-Circular : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Station numbers Station number (A) Station number (B) included in Station Hunting group XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX NONE No data Example: When you define a Station Hunting-Circular group which consists of station numbers 310-312, the following three operations are required: Station No.
Page 301 CM18 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Secretary station: Secretary station number Secretary station serial numbers Operation: XXXXXXXX Not assigned A B C D Secretary The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by CM19.
Page 302 CM18 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP Station Hunting-Secretarial : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Station numbers Station number (A) Station number (B) included in Station Hunting group XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX NONE No data Example: When you define Station Hunting-Secretarial group which consists of station numbers 320-323, the following four operations are required: Station No.
Page 303 CM18 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION HUNTING GROUP : Initial Data STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Secretary station Secretary station number Secretary station serial numbers Operation: XXXXXXXX Not assigned The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by Secretary CM19.
Page 304 CM19 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER FUNCTION: This command is used to assign Secretary station numbers. And also, to assign transferred stations for Group Diversion. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: SECRETARY STATION DATA GROUP DIVERSION ST + SERIAL NUMBER (1-8 digits) GROUP (00-30) (00-30)
Page 305 CM19 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER : Initial Data SECRETARY SETTING DATA STATION SERIAL MEANING DATA MEANING NUMBER Transferred station of Call 00: Group Diversion Station number transferred. Forwarding-Don’t Answer (No Answer) group 00 Data “E000” (ATTCON) is for each Group Diversion group XXXXXXXX not provided.
Page 306 CM1B COMMAND CODE TITLE: ISDN TERMINAL MULTIPOINT STATION NUMBER FUNCTION: This command is used for an ISDN Terminal Multipoint station number. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: ISDN LINE ISDN DATA + 1B + STATION No. MULTIPOINT No. (1-8 digits) (1-8 digits) (0-7) DATA TABLE: 1ST DATA...
Page 307 CM1C COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS STATION/WLAN STATION NUMBER FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the PS station/WLAN station numbers for providing the Wireless Com- munication System. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: VIRTUAL PS LEN/ PS STATION No./ + DE VIRTUAL LEN FOR WLAN STATION WLAN STATION No.
Page 308 CM1C COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS STATION NUMBER NOTE 1: Range of Virtual PS LEN is as follows. Range of Virtual PS LEN Software version Existing CSH New CSH Virtual CSH Home PS Visitor PS Home PS Visitor PS Home PS Visitor PS Series 3300 000-063...
Page 309 CM1D COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD/ WLAN STATION DATA ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the PS-ID, to download the PS operation data and WLAN station data. PRECAUTION: When a PS is set up initially, set the PS in Data Download Mode by applying power to the PS while pressing the SEND key, and then execute the CM1D Y=20 in Calling Area No.
Page 310 CM1D COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD/ WLAN STATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED PS STATION No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Terminal type of PS X-XXXXXXXX PS II Type with PS CM1C [For PCS] (Primary/Subline software version 7.02 or PS Station No.)
Page 311 CM1D COMMAND CODE TITLE: PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD/ WLAN STATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED PS STATION No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Domain name of WLAN X-XXXXXXXX 000-063 Domain name number CMBC Station (WLAN Station NONE No data Y=10-13 [Series 3600]...
Page 312 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) FUNCTION: Trunk routes and features are assigned by developing access codes. For Route Advance and Tenant development, see CM22 and CM23. The following figure shows the relationship between commands: For each access code Numbering Plan Route Advance Block...
Page 313 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) term Name Display Registration From D is as follows. term • You can configure the station number from the D to which the station number belongs. term • Register the characters from MAT/CAT to SLT, D without LCD and Trunk.
Page 314 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) Character Table NUMBER OF TIMES ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: ACCESS CODE DATA + DE (1-4 digits) (3/4 digits) – 290 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3003.fm JANUARY/20/2006...
Page 315 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) DATA TABLE: Y=0-3 ACCESS CODE RELATED COMMAND MEANING Numbering Plan Group 0 X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) CM29 Numbering Plan Group 1 Numbering Plan Group 2 XXXX Numbering Plan Group 3 Continued on next page –...
Page 316 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA: A000-A097 SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A000 Outgoing Trunk Queueing Set CM15 Y=02 CM35 Y=28 A001 Outgoing Trunk Queueing Cancel A002 Call Back Set CM15 Y=03 A003 Call Back Cancel A004...
Page 317 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A018 Call Forwarding-I’m here (Destination) Set CM15 Y=15 A019 Call Forwarding-I’m here (Destination) Cancel A020 Call Pickup-Group CM16 A021 Call Pickup-Direct CM15 Y=14 A022 Do Not Disturb Set From station...
Page 318 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING term A039 BGM on D Set/Reset CM15 Y=32 CM48 A040 MW Lamp Control Set CM15 Y=24, 40 CM90 A041 MW Lamp Control Reset A042 Choice of Night Service from Attendant CM30 Y=02, 03...
Page 319 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A068 Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) For 1000 memories CM08>176: 0 Origination (1000-Slot Memory Block No. 2) Maximum of 26 digits A069 Last Number Call (Last Number Redial) CM08>177, 178 A070...
Page 320 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING These calls are routed to the operator. CM46/CM90 A088 Priority Call 0 CM15 Y=17, 18 A089 Priority Call 1 CM08>250, 251 A090 Special Operator Call 0 CM46 CM90...
Page 321 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA: 800-828 SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING Operator Call CM46 CM90 1 digit Station 2 digits Station 3 digits Station 4 digits Station 5 digits Station When the following features are used with AP00, do not assign 5 or more 6 digits Station...
Page 322 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA: A100-A199 SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A100 Digital Announcement Trunk Access Record CM10/CM14 CM15 Y=33 A101 Digital Announcement Trunk Access Replay A102 Digital Announcement Trunk Access Delete A103 Announcement Service Record CM10/CM14...
Page 323 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A126 LCR Group 0 CM8A Y=A000 A127 LCR Group 1 A128 LCR Group 2 A129 LCR Group 3 Assign A129 only when the LCR Group access code is included in the area code table in CM8A (Closed Numbering).
Page 324 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A146 Message Waiting/Message Reminder Search CM15 Y=47, 48 A147 Message Waiting/Message Reminder Retrieve CM13>03 A148 Message Reminder Set CM90 A149 Message Reminder Cancel A150 Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) For 1000 memories...
Page 325 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A165 Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual All Clear when the called station does not answer A170 Malicious Call Trace CM15 Y=211 [Australia Only] CM35 Y=106 [Series 3500] A180...
Page 326 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA: A200-A258 SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A200 Simultaneous Paging Group 0 for 6/10 party CM15 Y=119 CM56 A207 Simultaneous Paging Group 7 for 6/10 party CM90 A210 Re-participation Group 0 for 6/10 party...
Page 327 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING A243 Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) origination (4 digits/1-8 digits abbreviated Code: depends on CM42>77) [Series 3300] A254 Restriction of additional participants to confer- ence Set [Series 3500] A255...
Page 328 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) SETTING DATA: 100-515 SETTING DATA RELATED REMARKS COMMAND DATA MEANING Trunk Route 00 Data is to be assigned for Trunk CM30 Routes corresponding to the access Trunk Route 63 codes for outgoing trunk calls (COT, LDT, ODT, etc.).
Page 329 CM20 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE (PROGRAMMABLE) DATA TABLE: Y=4, 5 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED ACCESS CODE COMMAND DATA MEANING MEANING Single Digit X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) Call Back/Trunk Queuing- CM08>570 Feature Access Outgoing Code for BT Executive Override...
Page 330 CM21 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SINGLE DIGIT ACCESS CODE FUNCTION: This command sets a single digit code to be recognized under timing start condition. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: ACCESS DATA + DE CODE (3/4 digits) (1 digit) DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA ACCESS CODE MEANING DATA...
Page 331 CM22 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROUTE ADVANCE FUNCTION: This command is used to assign alternative trunk routes to each Route Advance Block. PRECAUTION: A maximum of seven consecutive priorities can be assigned. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: PRIORITY DATA + DE 22YY ORDER (3 digits) (1 digit) DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA...
Page 332 CM23 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TENANT DEVELOPMENT FUNCTION: Trunk routes and service features are assigned by developing access codes for each tenant. For further development, use CM22 Route Advance. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: TENANT DATA + DE 23YY NUMBER (3/4 digits) (2 digits) DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA...
Page 333 CM25 COMMAND CODE TITLE: KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL DEVELOPMENT FUNCTION: For each access code assigned to a special terminal block, a trunk route can be assigned based on which type of special terminal (ordinary station or FAX station) is placing the call. For special terminal assign- ments requiring development of route advance data for trunk route assignment, route advance develop- ment and the corresponding trunk routes are assigned using CM22.
Page 334 CM29 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NUMBERING PLAN TENANT GROUP FUNCTION: When each tenant has its own numbering plan in a multiple-tenant system, all the tenants are divided into four groups. Numbering Plan Group data is then assigned on a tenant basis. PRECAUTION: If the data is not assigned (“NONE”), then Numbering Plan Group 0 is used for all tenants.
Page 335 CM2A COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP FUNCTION: This command assigns ID codes used for the Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Remote Access to System (DISA) features without using an AP card. PRECAUTION: These ID codes are effective when CM08>216/217 are set to “0”. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA...
Page 336 CM2A COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Purpose of ID Code 0000-2999 ID Code Pattern number Validate the ID code entered from stations; Authorization Code, Forced Account Code, and from trunks;...
Page 337 CM2A COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Service Restriction 0000-2999 ID Code Pattern Service Restriction Class B Class B for ID Code number 00-15 Pattern number NOTE: Available features in each class are...
Page 338 CM2A COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Development Block X-X...XXX Calling Party number Development Block No. number for calling party (Maximum assigned by CM76 Y=00/90 number (Development 16 digits) Pattern 0 assigned by NONE...
Page 339 CM2A COMMAND CODE TITLE: ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH MP : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING ID Code Development Authorization Code ID Code Development number Number 00-09 Forced Account Code NOTE: CM2A NONE No data Remote Access to Sys- Y=00-09 is tem (DISA) Code...
Page 340 CM2B COMMAND CODE TITLE: term STATION AUTHORIZATION CODE/D IP PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/ WLAN STATION DIGEST AUTHENTICATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to set up the Authorization Code per station for PAD Lock feature without using term AP00 card. Also used to set up the password sent to the IP network for the ID registration of the D and WLAN station digest authentication.
Page 341 CM2B COMMAND CODE TITLE: term STATION AUTHORIZATION CODE/D IP PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT/ WLAN STATION DIGEST AUTHENTICATION PASSWORD ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 01 Trunk Restric- Station number Unrestricted (RCA) CM12 Y=02 tion Class Non-Restricted 1 (RCB) CM15 Y=31...
Page 342 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign characteristics to trunk lines which have been defined with CM10/ CM14, and Virtual IP trunk (Virtual IPT) lines which have been defined with CM14. PRECAUTION: Do not assign Trunk number 255 for CCIS/IP. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: TRUNK DATA...
Page 343 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance CM30 Y=18 Terminating system in Day Mode for incoming C.O. calls Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS NOTE 1: When data 02, 03, 11 Direct-In Termination CM30 Y=04 or 12 is assigned, set...
Page 344 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Direct-In Termination in Day Station number for Direct-In Termina- CM10/CM14, Mode tion in Day Mode CM11, CM1A, XXXXXXXX CM1C Abbreviated code of Speed Calling- CM71>66 System (System Speed Dialing) for CM35 Y=40...
Page 345 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING CIC (Circuit Identification Code) CIC000 CM07 Y=01 used for ISDN-Primary Rate Interface voice channels NOTE CIC029 NONE No data Restriction of outgoing connec- Restricted CM60 tion during Night Mode Allow...
Page 346 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Trunk group number Identification of Trunk Group Busy CM44>11XX NOTE: Paging trunks cannot be Lamps on an external display device assigned to the Trunk Identification of Trunk Group Busy CM90 Y=00: Group Busy Lamp.
Page 347 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING NOTE Trunk number XXXX Trunk ID code ISDN subscriber number XXXX ISDN subscriber number NOTE CM30 Y=34 CM50 Y=05 Paging Answer Zone/Kind of X: Paging Answer Zone CM20>A070 Paging 0: Paging Answer Zone 0...
Page 348 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING CM41 Y=0>34 Handling of busy/not available C.O. line release Automated Attendant/Remote Forward to TAS indicator CM45 Access to System Forward to Attendant Console CM30 Y=04, 05 (DISA) destination in Day Mode Forward to DIT station CM49 Y=02...
Page 349 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Handling of timed-out Automated C.O. line release CM41 Y=0>43 Attendant/Remote Access to Sys- Forward to TAS indicator CM45 tem (DISA) call in Day Mode Forward to Attendant Console CM30 Y=04, 05 Forward to DIT station...
Page 350 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Terminating System in Mode A Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance CM30 Y=18 for incoming C.O. calls Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS NOTE 1: When data 02, 03, 11 Direct-In Termination CM30 Y=05 or 12 is assigned, set...
Page 351 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Direct-In Termination in Mode A Station number for Direct-In Termina- CM10/CM14, tion in Mode A CM11, CM1A XXXXXXXX Abbreviated code of Speed Calling- CM71>66 System (System Speed Dialing) for CM35 Y=40 DIT-Outside (XX=00-31)
Page 352 CM30 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING 4VCT circuit number for IP Circuit number of PN-4VCT NOTE CM10/CM14 Trunk NONE No data NOTE: Assign 4VCT circuit number for the IP trunk according to the following table. SETTING DATA Level No.
Page 353 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the attribute data to MFC/MF-ANI trunk lines. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE (1-2 digits) (1-2 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA...
Page 354 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MFC PAD Control to Backward Signal –8 dBm [Other than North America] –10 dBm –11.5 dBm MF PAD Control to incoming signal –9.13 dBm [North America Only] Not used...
Page 355 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Number of received digits of ANI NONE No data signal from PSTN 1 digit INITIAL 31 digits AP number 0 Designation of MFC/MF Sender and Receiver, Caller ID Receiver, Enhanced 911 AP number 3 Sender to each circuit (No.
Page 356 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Sending Backward GA signals on DID NONE No data MFC call Backward GA-1 Signal [Not used in North America] Backward GA-15 Signal INITIAL NOTE: Assignment of Backward GA...
Page 357 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING NONE No data Sending Backward GB signals on DID MFC call Backward GB-1 Signal [Not used in North America] Backward GB-15 Signal INITIAL NOTE: Assignment of Backward GB...
Page 358 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING NONE No data Sending Backward GC signals on DID MFC call Backward GC-1 signal [Not used in Australia/ North America] Backward GC-15 signal INITIAL 00: Send GI first digit, change over to GA 01: Send GI next digit, change over to GA...
Page 359 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Received Backward GB signals on DOD NONE No data MFC call Not used [Not used in Australia/ Called line idle (charge) North America] Called line busy Not used INITIAL...
Page 360 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Backward signal meaning request of next NONE No data digit toward sending ANI signal on DOD Backward GA-1/GC-1 signal MFC call [Not used in Australia/ Backward GA-15/GC-15 signal North America] INITIAL...
Page 361 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Backward signal meaning Pulse Form sig- NONE Pulse Form signal is sent immediately with- nal on DID MFC call out sending Backward GA-1 signal (Send [Not used in North America] next digit) NOTE 2...
Page 362 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Sending ACK-WINK signal to DTI on To send receiving MF signal Not sent [North America Only] NOTE: When the signal pattern from T-1 network is FGD format, assign the data to “0”.
Page 363 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Duration from sending start Forward NONE 12 seconds signal to receiving Backward signal 1 second [Not used in North America] Increment unit: 1 second 31 seconds INITIAL Duration from detecting Backward...
Page 364 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING NOTE Sending duration of Backward signal NONE [Not used in Australia/ 0 ms. North America] 50 ms. Increment unit: 50 ms. INITIAL 600 ms.
Page 365 CM31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MFC/MF-ANI TRUNK DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Forbidding duration of receiving Forward NONE 350 ms. signal for sending Pulse Type signal 0 ms. [Not used in Australia/ 50 ms. North America] Increment unit: 50 ms.
Page 366 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign trunk route characteristics. A trunk route is a group of trunks with com- mon characteristics used for a common purpose. PRECAUTION: The table below shows the value of the Central Office trunk or Tie line trunk (COT/DID/ODT/ LDT/DTI/BRT/PRT/CCT) PAD assigned by CM35 Y=19, Data 4-7.
Page 367 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA [North America/µ-law countries/A-law countries] PAD DATA OF B TRUNK CONNECTION PATTERNS (A-B) DATA=4 (T/R) DATA=5 (T/R) DATA=6 (T/R) DATA=7 (T/R) Station-ODT (4W E&M) –3/–3 –3/–3 Tone-ODT (4W E&M) COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M)/IPT- –2/–2 ODT (4W E&M) ODT (4W E&M)-ODT (4W E&M) DTI/BRT/PRT/CCT/Virtual IPT-ODT (4W E&M)
Page 368 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA [For 900 Ω Line/Trunk Connection] PAD DATA OF B TRUNK CONNECTION PATTERNS (A-B) DATA=4 (T/R) DATA=5 (T/R) DATA=6 (T/R) DATA=7 (T/R) Station-COT/DID –1/–1 Tone-COT/DID COT/LDT/DID/IPT-COT ODT/DTI/Virtual IPT-COT/DID Station-LDT 0/–7 Tone-LDT COT/LDT/DID/IPT-LDT ODT/DTI/Virtual IPT-LDT Station-ODT –3/–10 Tone-ODT...
Page 369 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA The table below shows the value of the IP trunk (IPT) PAD assigned by CM35 Y=19, Data 4-7. (T: Transmitter PAD [dB], R: Receiver PAD [dB]) [Australia/New Zealand] PAD DATA OF B TRUNK CONNECTION PATTERNS (A-B) DATA=4 (T/R)
Page 370 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA When assigning a Tie line, the data in CM35 Y=09 (Incoming connection signalling) should be similar to that of CM35 Y=20 (Sender starting condition). The table below shows the assignment of the sender starting condition in relation to the incoming connection signalling.
Page 371 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA DATA TABLE: Y=00-98 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Kind of Trunk Route DDD (C.O., DID, ISDN, SIP) trunk FX trunk [North America Only] WATS trunk [North America Only] CCSA trunk [North America Only] TIE (Tie line) trunk...
Page 372 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Answer signal from distant Answer signal arrives (12 kHz, 50 Hz Metering CM41 Y=0 office for outgoing connec- signal) (C.O. line) tion Battery Reversal (C.O. line) Answer signal arrives (Tie line/ISDN/CCIS/SIP) Answer signal does not arrive...
Page 373 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Toll Restriction To provide CM81, CM8A Not provided CM85 CM35 Y=76 Number of digits to be 1 digit CM76 received on DID for Devel- 2 digits CM35 Y=18 opment Table 0...
Page 374 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Kind of call termination C.O. Incoming Call 0 (Standard “LDN” key) CM46 indicator key/lamp on Atten- CM90 dant Console C.O. Incoming Call 7 CM50 FX Incoming Call 0 (Standard “FX”...
Page 375 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Digit addition and deletion “0” add CM50 Y=00 at the time of a Tie line “1” add incoming call: “2” add On an incoming call from a “3”...
Page 376 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Sender start condition Wink Start/CCIS/H.323/SIP CM35 Y=09 Delay Dial Ground Start Timing Start (Prepause per CM35 Y=21) Sender prepause timing 0 second CM08>193, 194, 0.5 seconds CM35 Y=43 1.0 second...
Page 377 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DTMF Inter-digital pause 32 ms. 64 ms. 80 ms. 96 ms. 160 ms. 192 ms. 240 ms. 128 ms. DP Make Ratio 39 % Make Ratio 33 % Make Ratio DTMF signal width 64 ms.
Page 378 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Interval of ringing signal to 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF-0.4 seconds station on incoming calls ON-2 seconds OFF [North America Only] 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF-0.4 seconds ON-2 seconds OFF 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF...
Page 379 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Trunk release by detecting Not released reversal of tip and ring on To release outgoing C.O. call Abbreviated Codes for speed Abbreviated Codes for Speed Calling-System CM71>66 calling for routing to C.O.
Page 380 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DTMF sender release timing 2 seconds 4 seconds 6 seconds 8 seconds 12 seconds 14 seconds 16 seconds 10 seconds C.O. LD, DID trunk Gain Transmitter PAD: + 3dBr, PRE- Receiver PAD: + 5dBr...
Page 381 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Restriction of outgoing con- Restricted CM12 Y=01 nection Allow (Semi-Restricted-2) (RCE) Restriction of outgoing con- Restricted nection Allow (Restricted-1) (RCF) Restriction of outgoing con- Restricted nection Allow...
Page 382 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Restriction of incoming Restricted CM12 Y=01 connection to station Allow (Restricted-1) (RCF) Restriction of incoming Restricted connection to station Allow (Restricted-2) (RCG) Restriction of incoming Restricted connection to station Allow...
Page 383 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Number of digits to be Leading 2-4 digits CM35 converted on DID for Devel- All digits of DID number are converted by Y=12, 18 opment Table 0 CM76 CM76...
Page 384 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Digital Data Transmission Digital Data Transmission (48 Kbps) via DDI/No. 7 CCIS Digital Data Transmission (56 Kbps) Digital Data Transmission (Transparent) Reversal of F&S Bits Data Transmission via Modem D Channel Handler (DCH) DCH0...
Page 385 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA Y=100-197 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Terminating and Balanced Impedance for other than EU 600 Ω (for regular/long line) Network Impedance Balanced Network Impedance: complex INITIAL 900 Ω Balanced Network Impedance: complex 600 Ω...
Page 386 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Call still Hold Available [Australia Only] Not available Reversal on Idle Available [Australia Only] Not available Auto Polarity Collection Available [Australia Only] Not available Polarity of 2-wire E&M/ E wire M wire...
Page 387 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Trunk Release detection by Available CM41 Y=2>38 momentary reverse from Not available C.O. (Busy tone detection box) [Not used in Australia/ North America] Sending method of calling CALLER ID (CLASS SM) number from/to network...
Page 388 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Pulsed E&M Pulsed E&M [France Only] Standard Sending of received ANI To send information from network to Not sent VMS with MCI Roaming Service for Virtual Available CM30 Y=00 COT route...
Page 389 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Calling party information To provide transfer to ISDN on tandem Not provided call from CCIS/SIP Calling party information To provide transfer to Enhanced 911 Not provided route on tandem call from CCIS...
Page 390 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Calling Name Display for 1000-Slot Memory Block No. 3 CM15 Y=136 incoming call from ISDN/ 1000-Slot Memory Block No. 2, 3 T1-ANI/MFC-R2 route [Series 3700 R12.2] Not provided Release of ISDN trunk when...
Page 391 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Ringer Tone Pattern See below CM35 Y=34 on incoming calls [Series 3200 R6.1 (R6.1)] term ringer tone pattern is assigned by the following combination of CM35 Y=34 and 164. : Initial Data Y=34 Y=164: 0...
Page 392 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Call Forwarding-All Calls Available CM51 Y=31 on Attendant Overflow Not available CID Call Routing for non- To provide (Using Development Pattern 0) CM2A Y=50-52 DID on ISDN, Caller ID To provide (Using Development Pattern 1) To provide (Using Development Pattern 2)
Page 393 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA Y=200-999 : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING ISDN trunk tone sending To send [Series 3400] Not sent Indication when a trunk is Trunk Route Name (4 characters) set to the Line Key of Trunk Route Name (4 characters) + Trunk No.
Page 394 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Release of ISDN trunk when Not released receiving the ISDN DIS- To release CONNECT message with Progress Description=08 from ISDN (effective for an incoming call from ISDN) [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)] NOTE:...
Page 395 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Country Code for ETSI Country Code ISDN Addressing X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) [For EU] XXXX [Series 3300] NONE No data Area Code for ETSI ISDN Area Code Addressing X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
Page 396 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Release of ISDN trunk when To release CM35 Y=266 receiving the ISDN DIS- Not released CONNECT message with Progress Description=08 from ISDN because the called party is busy in tan- dem connection (ISDN to ISDN)
Page 397 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Calling Party number (1-8 To provide digits) transfer to ISDN on Not provided tandem call from Q-SIG [Series 3400] Forced release in designated To provide time for outgoing trunk route Not provided...
Page 398 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Whether the call terminat- Specified when reason of the incoming call with CM35 Y=257 ing method is specified for no CLI is “Privacy” incoming call with no CLI in Specified for all incoming call with no CLI Night Mode/Mode A/...
Page 399 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Coding Type when sending Codeset 5 (Spanish specification) the ISDN Connected Line Codeset 0 (ETSI specification) Identification Presentation (COLP) [For Spain] [Series 3600] Calling Party Name sending To provide to ISDN...
Page 400 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Progress Description by Progress Description 1 CM35 Y=244 Overlap Receiving-Q-SIG [Russia Only] Progress Description 4 [Series 3600] Progress Description 8 No data NOTE 1: This command is effective when the second data of CM35 Y=244 is set to “0”.
Page 401 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Pattern number for adding Pattern No. 0 CM50 Y=11 an access code for outgoing call to the calling number Pattern No. 7 stored by Message Reminder NONE No data when terminating a tandem...
Page 402 CM35 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ROUTE DATA SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Mobility Access Prefix To provide CM35 Y=224, 225 [For EU] (When receiving Country Code assigned by CM50 Y=12 [Series 3900] CM35 Y=224 and Area Code assigned by CM35 Y=225) To provide (When not receiving Country Code assigned by...
Page 403 CM36 COMMAND CODE TITLE: RESTRICTION DATA FOR TANDEM CONNECTION FUNCTION: This command is used to define restriction data for tandem connection within a system, for each combi- nation of an incoming trunk route and an outgoing trunk route. PRECAUTION: Any incoming trunk route assigned to “No release signal” in CM35 Y=05, is restricted from tandem con- nection.
Page 404 CM38 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AMP TRUNK CONTROL FUNCTION: This command is used to define the AMP trunk control data. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: INCOMING/OUTGOING TRUNK ROUTE or + 38YY + AMP PATTERN NUMBER (4 digits or 2 digits) DATA (1-2 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data INCOMING/OUTGOING TRUNK...
Page 405 CM38 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AMP TRUNK CONTROL : Initial Data INCOMING/OUTGOING TRUNK SETTING DATA RELATED ROUTE No. COMMAND DATA MEANING AMP PATTERN No. AMP pattern number 00 Assignment of Gain value X: AGC (Automatic Gain Control) AMP pattern number 14 0 : 0 dbr 1 : + 4 dbr 2 : –...
Page 406 CM40 COMMAND CODE TITLE: FUNCTION OF MP RS-232C PORT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the function of the RS-232C ports on the MP card. The MP card has two RS-232C ports, which are used for the following purpose. PORT LOCATION PURPOSE CONNECTOR...
Page 407 CM40 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP RS-232C PORT DATA TABLE: MP RS-232C port for MAT/VoIP Log Collection : Initial Data SETTING DATA PORT LOCATION NUMBER REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING Function Port 0 VoIP log collec- Port 1 tion [Series 3500] MP-FP Command Output [Series 3700 R12.2]...
Page 408 CM40 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP BUILT-IN MODEM MP Built-In Modem : Initial Data SETTING DATA PORT LOCATION NUMBER REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING NOTE 1 Station number of Port 1 Station No. built-in modem X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) NOTE 2 XXXXXXXX NOTE 3 NONE...
Page 409 CM40 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP BUILT-IN SMDR/MCI MP Built-in SMDR/MCI : Initial Data SETTING DATA PORT LOCATION NUMBER MEANING DATA MEANING Function Port 0 Port 1 MCI and MP Built-in SMDR Built-in SMDR NOTE 1 NONE No data Data length Port 0 7 bit Port 1...
Page 410 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the System Timer data. PRECAUTION: Initial Data in the DATA TABLE represent the timing for the data “NONE”. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + 41Y + (2 digits) (2 digits) DATA TABLE:...
Page 411 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Timing for Pseudo- 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Answer signal sent to 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 4 seconds SMDR seconds 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40...
Page 412 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Attendant Recall of 31.2 01 02 03 04 05 06......13 held call 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 ....28.8 31.2 2.4 seconds 33.6 seconds 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 14.4 ....
Page 413 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Automatic Cancel 01 02 03 04 05 06......14 Time for unanswered seconds 60 seconds 60 120 180 240 300 360......840 900 Paging call Reorder tone time-out 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 to enter Line Lockout 12 16 20 24 28...
Page 414 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Interval Time between 11 12 13 ............31 attempts for Timed 44 48 52 ............120 4 seconds Queue seconds 48 52 56 ............124 Duration of call by 05 06 ..............
Page 415 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Prepause Timer for 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 1 second second (01-12) -0.5 seconds 09 10 11 12 13 (13) 10 11 12 0.5 Announcement Ser- 01 02 ..............
Page 416 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Timing Start when 03 04 05 ............14 making ISDN call seconds 1 second 5 ............14 from station Message Replay Timer 01 02 03 ............
Page 417 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Forced release timing 01 02 03 04 ..........13 for unanswered call 12 16 20 ..........56 with tandem connec- tion or trunk to trunk seconds 4 seconds 12 16 20 24 ..........
Page 418 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER SST Sending Timer 1440 01 02 03 ............14 when accessing Pag- 0 480 960 ............. 6240 480 ms. ing Trunk 1920 480 960 1140 ............ 6720 Time Out Check when 1360 01 02...
Page 419 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Overlap Sending 03 04 05 ............60 Mode timer for ISDN 4 ............59 1 second terminal seconds 5 ............60 Message duration for 01 02 ..............
Page 420 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Simultaneous Paging 01 02 ..............99 Timer for Group Call- 4 ..............392 4 seconds Automatic Confer- ence (6/10 party) seconds 8 ..............396 Timer of Dial Tone 05 06 07 ............
Page 421 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER ORT timer when 03 04 05 ............99 establishing tandem 5 ............99 connection to CCIS/ NOTE: Assign the value which exceeds the maximum 1 second seconds value of timer set by CMA7 Y=10.
Page 422 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER ORT timer/T302 timer 03 04 05 ............99 for Overlap Receiv- 5 ............99 ing-Q-SIG 1 second seconds [For EU] [Series 3400] Timer A of warning 01 02 03 ............
Page 423 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Forced release timer 00 02 03 ............99 when the Paging 8 ............396 Trunk is not released 4 seconds seconds after seizing the trunk [Series 3700 R12.2] Continued on next page –...
Page 424 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Off-Hook Detect 01 02 03 ............15 128 ms. Timer 128 256 384 ............. 1920 DP Telephone On 1024 04 05 06 07 08 ....... 15 Hook Detect Timer 384 512 640 768 896 1024 ......
Page 425 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER COT Ringing 06 07 08 09..........10 Detect Timer 160 192 224 256..........288 32 ms. 192 224 256 288..........320 LD Trunk Termination 01 02 ..............
Page 426 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Incoming Ring Down 4096 01 02 03............15 Abandoning Detect 512 ms. 512 1024 1536 ........... 7680 Timer COT Re-termination 01 02 03 ............15 Detect Guard Timer 0 256 512 ............
Page 427 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Release Detect Timer 00 01 02 ............99 for outgoing Loop Start 128 ms. 128 256 384 ........... 12672 trunk Release Detect Timer 00 01 02 ............
Page 428 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Main PBX (Centrex) 1280 01 02 ..............15 Ringing Distinction 0 128 ............. 1792 Timer 1408 128 256 ............. 1920 • When Immediate Ringing is sent from the main PBX or Centrex, CM41 Y=2>40 plus CM41 Y=2>41 must be assigned as longer time than the time assigned by CM41 Y=2>00.
Page 429 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Release Signal Detect 01 02 ..............15 Timing on DTI trunk 64 128 .............. 960 NOTE: If CM35 Y=09 is set to “03”, “04”, “05” or “06”, use 64 ms.
Page 430 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Ring Signal Detect 01 02 03 ............15 Timing for DTI trunk 32 64 96 ............480 NOTE: If CM35 Y=09 is set to “03”, “04”, “05” or “06”, use 32 ms.
Page 431 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Hook flash Send Tim- 01 02 03............15 ing for DTI trunk 64 128 192 ............960 NOTE: If CM35 Y=09 is set to “03”, “04”, “05” or “06”, use 64 ms.
Page 432 CM41 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM TIMER DATA 2ND DATA INITIAL INCREMENT MEANING DATA DATA UNIT TIMER Metering Signal Detect 01 02 ....05.......... 15 timing on DTI trunk 32 64 ....160........480 32 ms. [Australia/Argen- tina] No-Answer detect tim- 01 02...........
Page 433 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA/PAD DATA/TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION/CODEC LIST FUNCTION: This command is used to set the system counter data, the programmable PAD data, the Trunk Restriction Class data to convert the Restriction Class sent to or from the 2400 IPX as a Deluxe Traveling Class Mark-CCIS, and CODEC list.
Page 434 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA DATA TABLE: System Counter Data : Initial Data KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER SETTING DATA REMARKS Number of waiting calls which will cause 1 call attendant’s Call Waiting lamp to flash [Large type ATTCON] 48 calls 6 calls Number of waiting calls which will cause...
Page 435 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA : Initial Data KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER SETTING DATA REMARKS Number of detected faulty trunks to give MJ 1 trunk (major) alarm [Australia Only] 99 trunks No detection NONE Maximum number of trunks to be seized seri- 1 trunk CM12 Y=16 ally when a designated trunk is busy...
Page 436 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA : Initial Data KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER SETTING DATA REMARKS Number of times of Call 1 time Forwards in Multiple-Call Forwarding 5 times 5 times NONE Maximum number of calls in queue in each 1 call UCD group for controlling external indicator term...
Page 437 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA : Initial Data KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER SETTING DATA REMARKS Transmission characteristic of analog LC New Zealand [New Zealand/China/Brazil/Europe] China Brazil INITIAL Europe NOTE 1, NOTE 2 NONE Other countries except for the above Transmission characteristic of analog LC, China Brazil...
Page 438 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA : Initial Data KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER SETTING DATA REMARKS term Volume Control of D /Desk Console (Side –54 dB 6 dB tone level) increments [Europe Only] –18 dB NONE –18 dB INITIAL NOTE Call charge per unit for AOC 00-99 dollars/euro/inte-...
Page 439 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SYSTEM COUNTER DATA : Initial Data KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER SETTING DATA REMARKS Number of times of Multiple Call Forward- 1 time ing-All Calls/Busy Line/Don’t Answer-CCIS 7 times NONE 5 times Number of digits for Station Authorization 1 digit CM2B Y=00 CM20>A230, A231...
Page 440 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) PAD Data (Programmable) PATTERNS PAD DATA PATTERNS CONNECTING PATTERNS CM35 Y=19 CM35 Y=19 CM35 Y=19 CM35 Y=19 (A TRUNK-B TRUNK) 2ND DATA=0 2ND DATA=1 2ND DATA=2 2ND DATA=3 1ST DATA STA-COT/DID/ODT/LDT TONE-COT/DID/ODT/LDT COT/DID/LDT/ODT (2W E&M)/IPT-COT/DID/ ODT/LDT ODT (4W E&M)/DTI/BRT/...
Page 441 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [Australia/New Zealand] Table 1 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] COT/DID/ DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA 0/+6 –3/–3 0/+6 –3/–3 –4 (0)/0 0/–2 –8/–8 –6/+6 –8/–8 –8/0 0/–4 –6/–6 –6/–6 +4/0 0/–12...
Page 442 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [North America/µ-law countries] Table 2 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] COT/DID/ DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP (4W E&M) (2W E&M) PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA –2/–2 –4 (0)/0 0/–16 –3/–3 –8/0 0/–4 –2/–2 –3/–3 –3/–3 0/–6...
Page 443 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [Europe] Table 3 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] COT/DID/ DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP (4W E&M) (2W E&M) PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA –3.5/+3.5 –1/+6 –2/–2 –4 (0)/0 0/–2 –3/–3 –8/0 0/–4 –3/–3 0/–6 +4/0 0/–12...
Page 444 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [A-law countries] Table 4 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] COT/DID/ DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP (4W E&M) (2W E&M) PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA –2/–2 –4 (0)/0 0/–2 –3/–3 –8/0 0/–4 –2/–2 –3/–3 –3/–3 0/–6 +4/0...
Page 445 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [For EU] [Series 3400] • Europe/South Africa Table 5 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP (4W E&M) (2W E&M) PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA –3.5/+3.5 –1/+6 –1/+6 –1/+6 –2/–2 –4 (0)/0 0/–2 –1/+6...
Page 446 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [For EU] [Series 3400] • A-law countries/Asia Table 6 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] COT/DID/ DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP (4W E&M) (2W E&M) PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA –2/–2 –4 (0)/0 0/–2 –3/–3 –8/0 0/–4...
Page 447 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [For EU] [Series 3400] • Brazil Table 7 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] COT/DID/ DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP (4W E&M) (2W E&M) PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA –2/–2 –4 (0)/0 0/–2 –3/–3 –8/0 0/–4 –2/–2...
Page 448 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [For EU] [Series 3400] • China Table 8 PATTERNS PAD DATA OF B TRUNK (T/R) [dB] COT/DID/ DTI/BRT/ CFTC IPT/SIP (4W E&M) (2W E&M) PRT/CCT NOTE 2ND DATA –2.5/–2.5 –2/–2 –4 (0)/0 0/–2 –3/–3 –3/–3 –8/0...
Page 449 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) [For EU] [Series 3400] When connecting pattern is Station-COT/ Tone-COT/ COT-COT/ ODT/DTI-COT, the second data of CM42>50-53 depends on the country. See the table below. • For long line CM42 1ST DATA REFERENCE COUNTRY Austria Table 5...
Page 450 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAD DATA (PROGRAMMABLE) • For Short line CM42 1ST DATA REFERENCE COUNTRY Austria Table 5 Belgium Table 5 Denmark Table 5 Germany Table 5 Italy Table 5 South Africa Table 5 Spain Table 5 Sweden Table 5 Switzerland Table 5 The Netherlands...
Page 451 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION Trunk Restriction Class Conversion 2000 IPS represents small model PBX system. 2400 IPX represents medium to large model PBX system. : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA REMARKS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 2000 IPS Trunk Restriction Class 1 (RCA) 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class (0-15)
Page 452 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION NOTE 1: Initial Data in the DATA TABLE represents the value for the data “NONE”. In this case, the following conversion is performed in the Deluxe Traveling Class Mark-CCIS. (1) 2400 IPX to 2000 IPS 2400 IPX 2000 IPS TRK RESTRICTION CLASS...
Page 453 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CODEC LIST CODEC List : Initial Data 1ST DATA (CODEC TYPE) 2ND DATA REMARKS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 0 G.711 µ-law 64 K CM67 G.711 A-law 64 K G.723.1 (5.3/6.3 K) G.729a Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 1 NONE...
Page 454 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CODEC LIST NOTE 1: The following payload size can be assigned for each CODEC type. G.711 : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms. (Initial: 40 ms.) G.723.1: 30 ms. fixed (Initial: 30 ms.) G.729a : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms. (Initial: 10 ms.) NOTE 2: When no 16VCT card is mounted, the CODEC type is fixed to G.711 and the payload size is fixed to 40 ms.
Page 455 CM42 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CODEC LIST : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA REMARKS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Maximum number of Wake Up Call setting at 1 call CM08>850 the same time [Series 3800] 32 calls NONE No limit NOTE 1: Assign the maximum number of Wake Up Call for the same time per every minute.
Page 456 CM43 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE/OFFICE DATA PERIODIC COPY IN BACKUP CPU term SYSTEM/D IP FIRMWARE AUTOMATIC UPDATE/OFFICE DATA COPY FUNCTION: This command is used to set the date, time and check item for periodic maintenance. The fault informa- tion display reminds you of the time for each periodic maintenance. [See CMEA Fault Information Display, fault kind No.
Page 457 CM43 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE/OFFICE DATA PERIODIC COPY IN BACKUP CPU term SYSTEM/D IP FIRMWARE AUTOMATIC UPDATE/OFFICE DATA COPY : Initial Data MEANING MEANING 2ND DATA MEANING DATA 5 Time setting for regu- Regular backup time HH MM HH : Hour (00-23) lar system data backup MM : Minute (00-59) 9999...
Page 458 CM43 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE/OFFICE DATA PERIODIC COPY IN BACKUP CPU term SYSTEM/D IP FIRMWARE AUTOMATIC UPDATE/OFFICE DATA COPY : Initial Data MEANING MEANING 2ND DATA MEANING DATA 8 Time setting for Reading of system clock YYYY MM DD YYYY: Year (2000-2099) Automatic clock changed day from...
Page 459 CM43 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE/OFFICE DATA PERIODIC COPY IN BACKUP CPU term SYSTEM/D IP FIRMWARE AUTOMATIC UPDATE/OFFICE DATA COPY : Initial Data MEANING MEANING 2ND DATA MEANING DATA 8 Time setting for Reading of system clock YYYY MM DD YYYY: Year (2000-2099) Automatic clock changed day from stan-...
Page 460 CM44 COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the relay circuit number of PN-DK00 or built-in External Equipment Interface of MP card used for controlling external equipment. PRECAUTION: For built-in External Equipment Interface of the MP card, assign 313 (card No. 31, circuit No. 3). MP built-in External Equipment Interface cannot be used for TAS indication control.
Page 461 CM44 COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS DATA 1 DATA 2 REMARKS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING External Hold Tone Machine Start External Hold Tone for Music on CM10/CM14 (TNT/COT Interface) Hold (DA00-DA09) CM48 External Announcement Machine External Announcement Machine for CM10/CM14 Start (COT Interface) wake up calling/Timed Reminder...
Page 462 CM44 COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS DATA 1 DATA 2 REMARKS DATA MEANING DATA MEANING External Alarm driver function for Activates when the call record has CMD003>28 Call Record buffer overflow reached the value specified by CMD003>28 Activates when the call record has CMD001>80/ reached the value specified by 100/120/140...
Page 463 CM44 COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT STARTING CONDITIONS The following table shows the interface condition of each external equipment. EQUIPMENT KIND INTERFACE RELATED COMMAND REMARKS External tone source ODT Interface • CM10/CM14: DA00 • Use ODT card • CM48 Y=0 •...
Page 464 CM45 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PURPOSE OF PBR/CFT/SDT FUNCTION: This command is used to define the purpose of PB (DTMF) Receiver (PN-8RST) and Conference trunk (CFT). This command is also used to make the CFT, PBR and the Caller ID Sender (SDT) busy. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:...
Page 465 CM45 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PURPOSE OF PBR/CFT/SDT : Initial Data PBR/CFT/SDT NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING MEANING DATA MEANING Make busy con- XX Z XX : SDT (PN-4RSTF/ Make busy CM10/CM14>C2XX dition of Caller PN-4RSTF-A/ In service ID sender (SDT) PN-4RSTH) card [North Amer- number: 00-03...
Page 466 CM45 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PURPOSE OF PBR/CFT/SDT : Initial Data PBR/CFT/SDT NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING MEANING DATA MEANING –22.6 dB CM10/CM14>E2XX Receiving dB XX Z XX : PBR card number level of PBR Built-in PBR of MP –23.3 dB card: 00 –24.0 dB PN-8RST: 01-45...
Page 467 CM46 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT CALL ANSWER KEYS FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the call identification and answer keys on the large type ATTCON. PRECAUTION: If no data is set, the key functions are automatically set by the initial data as shown below. If any standard key is changed, all keys must be re-programmed.
Page 468 CM46 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT CALL ANSWER KEYS DATA TABLE: STANDARD SETTING RELATED FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND SETTING C.O. Incoming Call 0 As per CM35 Y=15 CM35 Y=15 (Standard) C.O. Incoming Call 7 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 As per CM35 Y=15 CM35 Y=15 (Standard) Tie Line Incoming Call 7...
Page 469 CM47 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT FUNCTION KEYS FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the function keys on the large type ATTCON. PRECAUTION: If no data is set, the key functions are automatically set by the initial data as shown below. The function assignment to Key Numbers 00, 01, 06, 07, and 08 cannot be changed.
Page 470 CM47 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT FUNCTION KEYS DATA TABLE: STANDARD SETTING DATA FUNCTION RELATED COMMAND KEY SETTING Room Cutoff Message Waiting For Hotel ATTCON Do Not Disturb NOTE: START key or ANSWER key can be used as SET key for Hotel fea- Automatic Wake Up/DND Over- tures.
Page 471 CM48 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE FUNCTION: This command determines the kind of tone/tone source on various services; it also determines whether the Announcement Service is provided when a PS does not answer in a Wireless Communication Sys- tem.
Page 472 CM48 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE : Initial Data SENDING PATTERN SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING PATTERN MEANING DATA MEANING Wake Up Tone source of XX00 No Tone Call/Timed Wake Up Call/ XX: Kind External CM10/ Reminder Timed Reminder Tone CM14>DB00...
Page 473 CM48 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE : Initial Data SENDING PATTERN SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING PATTERN MEANING DATA MEANING Dial Tone Progress Tone for Not provided sending Last Number To provide Redial and Speed Dial when Using 2nd DT sending on To provide ISDN trunks...
Page 474 CM48 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE : Initial Data SENDING PATTERN SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING PATTERN MEANING DATA MEANING Digital Tone Digital Tone Gen- 00-07 See the table below. Generator erator [Not used in Austra- lia/North America/ 2nd Data of CM48...
Page 475 CM48 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE : Initial Data SENDING PATTERN SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING PATTERN MEANING DATA MEANING Music selec- Music selection Nocturne tion for Inter- for Internal Hold Minuet nal Hold Tone Fur Elise Tone The Maiden’s Prayer When the saints go...
Page 476 CM48 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE : Initial Data SENDING PATTERN SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING PATTERN MEANING DATA MEANING Kind of BGM 0 D000 Trunk number for each CM10/ music source CM14>DXXX BGM 9 D255 CM20>A039 INITIAL NONE No data...
Page 477 CM49 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK FUNCTION: This command is used to define the function of each Digital Announcement Trunk (DAT) accommodat- ed into the system. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: TENANT NUMBER NUMBER + 49YY + DATA (3 digits) (2 digits) DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA...
Page 478 CM49 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK SETTING DATA DAT No. RELATED /TENANT No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Function of Digital 000-001: 03000 Night Announcement Service CM10/CM14 Announcement Built-in DAT of MP CM30 Y=02-05 CM41 Trunk card Y=0>45 002-127: 04 X Z X: Announcement Service CM10/CM14 DAT card number...
Page 479 CM49 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK SETTING DATA DAT No. RELATED /TENANT No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Function of Digital 000-001: 0F XX Attendant Delay CM10/CM14 Announcement Built-in DAT of MP Announcement CM49 Y=0A, Trunk card XX: Message No. (00-63) CM35 Y=74, 002-127: CM41 Y=0>16, 47...
Page 480 CM49 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK : Initial Data SETTING DATA DAT No. RELATED /TENANT No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Function of Digital 000-001: 17 XX Voice Guide CM15 Y=116 Announcement Trunk Built-in DAT of MP XX: Message No. (00-63) CM49 Y=13 card CM48 Y=2...
Page 481 CM49 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK : Initial Data SETTING DATA DAT No. RELATED /TENANT No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Message No. of 00-63: Tenant No. 00-63 Message No. assigned by CM49 Y=00 Transferred Trunk CM49 Y=00 CM65 Y=50 Line (No Answer) Tenant No.
Page 482 CM49 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGITAL ANNOUNCEMENT TRUNK : Initial Data SETTING DATA DAT No. RELATED /TENANT No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Message Group of 00-63: Tenant No. 00-63 Message Group No. assigned CM10/CM14 Call Forwarding- by CM49 Y=00 CM42 term Logout (D NONE No data...
Page 483 CM4A COMMAND CODE TITLE: DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the schedule of Day/Night Mode Change by System Clock. PRECAUTION: For the normal operation of Day/Night Mode Change by System Clock, Day/Night Mode Change by the external key, by service access code or feature key, by Attendant Console should not be executed.
Page 484 CM4A COMMAND CODE TITLE: DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Calendar No. 00-63 Tenant No. 00-63 Calendar No. 1 Calendar No. 2 Calendar No. 3 Calendar No. 4 NONE No data Data clear...
Page 485 CM4A COMMAND CODE TITLE: DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Sunday Time schedule No. 0 Week schedule No. 0 Week schedule No. 1 Monday Time schedule No. 1 Week schedule No.
Page 486 CM4A COMMAND CODE TITLE: DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK • Default Pattern By assigning CM4A Y=90; Default Pattern No. 0-3, you can simplify the schedule assignment for each tenant. The schedule of each Default Pattern can be changed after the Default Pattern has been assigned. The following shows the summary of the Default Pattern and the schedule set by each Default Pattern.
Page 487 CM4A COMMAND CODE TITLE: DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK Default Pattern of Time Schedule (CM4A Y=90) • Default Pattern No. 0 (CM4A Y=90 2nd data: 00) CM4A Y No. MEANING OF SETTING 00-63 Calendar No. 1 is used for the tenant 0101-1231 Week schedule No.
Page 488 CM4A COMMAND CODE TITLE: DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK Default Pattern of Time Schedule (CM4A Y=90) • Default Pattern No. 2 (CM4A Y=90 2nd data: 02) CM4A Y No. MEANING OF SETTING 00-63 Calendar No. 3 is used for the tenant 0101-1231 Week schedule No.
Page 489 CM50 COMMAND CODE TITLE: COMMON ROUTE INDIAL FUNCTION: This command is used to assign LDNs (Listed Directory Numbers) to common route indial lines. When these numbers are dialed into the system (either on an incoming tie line or an incoming C.O. line set up for indialing), the call will appear at a specified call identification key on the attendant console.
Page 490 CM50 COMMAND CODE TITLE: COMMON ROUTE INDIAL DATA TABLE: : Initial Data KIND OF DATA SETTING DATA CODE MEANING DATA MEANING Two leading digits to be added Digits to be added NOTE 1: CM35 Y=17 allows digits to be added or (2 digits) deleted from indialed digit streams on a NONE...
Page 491 CM50 COMMAND CODE TITLE: COMMON ROUTE INDIAL : Initial Data KIND OF DATA SETTING DATA CODE MEANING DATA MEANING Effective data in CM35 Y=15 Dialed number NOTE 2 LDN 0 key (Data 00 in CM46 or CM90) XXXX LDN 7 key (Data 07 in CM46 or CM90) NOTE 1 (1-4 digits) NONE...
Page 492 CM50 COMMAND CODE TITLE: COMMON ROUTE INDIAL : Initial Data KIND OF DATA SETTING DATA CODE MEANING DATA MEANING Abbreviated code of the VMS number for Voice Mail Abbreviated code Live Record-CCIS set by CM72 Y=0 [Series 3700 R12.1] See CM71>66, CM72 Y=0 NONE No data...
Page 493 CM51 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS FUNCTION: This command is used to define destinations for different types of diversion. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: GROUP DATA + 51YY + NUMBER (1-8 digits) (2 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER SETTING DATA MEANING DATA...
Page 494 CM51 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Same as CM51 Y=06 (for station call) Tenant 00 E000 Attendant Console Tenant 63 EB000 Digital Announce- ment Trunk No. EB127 assigned by CM10/CM14 NONE...
Page 495 CM51 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Transfer destination of the call when the Tenant 00 Station No. Room Cutoff station dials C.O. access code Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX Transfer destination of Off-Hook Alarm/Prior- ity Call 0/1 CM08>250,...
Page 496 CM51 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING term term Alarm display on D No. 1 My Line No. term CM90 Y=00: F5020 No. 2 XXXXXXXX NONE No data term term 911 Notification on D...
Page 497 CM51 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Transfer destination of call forwarding by Tenant 00 Station No. Queue Limit for TAS/Overflow for TAS Queue (for Day Mode) Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX CM49 Y=00: 1800 E000...
Page 498 CM52 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOT LINE/DELAYED HOTLINE FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a Hot Line/Delayed Hotline to stations, Attendant Consoles and trunks. PRECAUTION: Maximum number of Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines is 100, and the connection is one way from calling side to called side.
Page 499 CM52 COMMAND CODE TITLE: HOT LINE/DELAYED HOTLINE DATA TABLE: Hot Line/Delayed Hotline : Initial Data SETTING DATA CALLING/CALLED MEANING DATA MEANING Hot Line/Delayed Calling Side Station No./Virtual Station No. Hotline Pair CM12 Y=03 number 00-99 XXXXXXXX NOTE NONE No data Called Side Station No.
Page 500 CM53 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRUNK ANSWER FROM ANY STATION RESTRICTION FUNCTION: This command is used to define the conditions for Trunk Answer from Any Station (TAS) service. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: CONDITION CODE DATA + DE (1 digit) (1 digit) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data CONDITION...
Page 501 CM56 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP FUNCTION: term This command is used to assign the D station number for Automatic/Manual/Dial Intercom and In- ternal Zone Paging. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: SERIAL No. INTERCOM No. DATA 56YY + DE (2 digits) (4 digits) (1-8 digits) DATA TABLE:...
Page 502 CM56 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP SETTING DATA INTERCOM No./ RELATED SERIAL No. COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Manual Intercom A200 My Line number of CM11 term number CM12 Y=03 A700 XXXXXXXX CM90 A201 CM08>238 A701 A224 A724 Dial Intercom number B000 My Line number of CM11...
Page 503 CM57 COMMAND CODE TITLE: 32-PARTY CONFERENCE/GROUP CALL FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the conference group numbers and participant numbers for the confer- ence using the CFTC card. This command is also used to assign the Group Call numbers and stations for Group Call by Pilot Num- ber Dialing, without using the CFTC card.
Page 504 CM57 COMMAND CODE TITLE: 32-PARTY CONFERENCE/GROUP CALL DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Group No. 0-7 Participant No. 00-30 X-XX...XX Participant station number NOTE 1 (Maximum Trunk Access Code and partici- 16 digits) pant number NOTE 2, 3 LCR Access Code and partici-...
Page 505 CM58 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LDN DIVERSION FUNCTION: This command is used to assign information to each DID or TIE trunk for which incoming calls are to be redirected to an alternative destination. PRECAUTION: This data is valid when CM08>205 is assigned to “0”. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: LDN/TIE DATA...
Page 506 CM58 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LDN DIVERSION : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Tenant number of LDN assigned by Tenant 00 CM50 Y=01 Tenant 63 NONE No data TAS group number assigned by TAS Group 00 CM44>13 TAS Group 63 NONE No data Day Mode destination of LDN...
Page 507 CM58 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LDN DIVERSION : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Day Mode diversion for non-answer- Attendant Console “NANS” Key ing destination station Not used CM53 NONE No data Night Mode diversion for non- Same as CM58 Y=06 answering destination station NONE No data...
Page 508 CM59 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TAS/ACD/UCD RELAY INTERRUPTION PATTERN FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the interruption pattern on the TAS and ACD/UCD indicators controlled via PN-DK00 card. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: FUNCTION DATA + 59 + NUMBER (2 digits) (2 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data...
Page 509 CM5A COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE-VIRTUAL TRUNK PATH SETTING/ASSOCIATION OF VIRTUAL PS STATION/WLAN VIRTUAL STATION NUMBER AND PS INITIAL STATION/WLAN STATION NUMBER FUNCTION: Specify a path between the virtual line and virtual trunk for Wireless Communication System. PRECAUTION: The following data are set automatically by the virtual line-trunk path setting of CM5A Y=00. If you clear CM5A Y=00 setting data, the following data are also cleared automatically.
Page 510 CM5A COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE-VIRTUAL TRUNK PATH SETTING/ASSOCIATION OF VIRTUAL PS STATION/WLAN VIRTUAL STATION NUMBER AND PS INITIAL STATION/WLAN STATION NUMBER For Multi-site Roaming Visitor PS [North America/Latin America] COMMAND MEANINGS 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING CODE CM12 Y=00 DTMF/DP Virtual Station No.
Page 511 CM5A COMMAND CODE TITLE: VIRTUAL LINE-VIRTUAL TRUNK PATH SETTING/ASSOCIATION OF VIRTUAL PS STATION/WLAN VIRTUAL STATION NUMBER AND PS INITIAL STATION/WLAN STATION NUMBER ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE 5AYY (1-8 digits) (1-8 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED...
Page 512 CM5B COMMAND CODE TITLE: IP ADDRESS FOR IP TRUNK/SIP TRUNK POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT CONNECTION FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the destination IP Address for the IP trunk/SIP trunk Point-to-Multipoint connection. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE 5BYY (5 digits) (12 digits)
Page 513 CM60 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a number to an Attendant Console for access on a tenant basis, and de- fine the consoles’ night switching ability, off-hook ringing, tone ringer, password code for Attendant Lockout and Attendant Programming.
Page 514 CM60 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS DATA TABLE: : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING ATT GROUP ATT GROUP 0 CM62 ATT GROUP 1 CM51 Y=13 INITIAL ATT GROUP 2 ATT GROUP 3 Designation of Master ATT within Master ATT ATT Group Not Master ATT...
Page 515 CM60 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Kind of Attendant Console DESKCON ATTCON INITIAL Keep volume level changed by vol- Allow ume button on DESKCON, after Restricted the call is finished INITIAL Designation of Busy Lamp 1 or 2-digit station (0-9, 00-99)
Page 516 CM60 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS : Initial Data GROUP NUMBER RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Display language for ATTCON/ Japanese DESKCON LCD English [Series 3600] French (Canadian French) Spanish (Latin Spanish) Portuguese (Brazilian Portuguese) German Italian Netherlandish French (Europe) Spanish (Europe) Portuguese (Europe)
Page 517 CM61 COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL KEY FUNCTION FUNCTION: This command is used to activate and specify the function of the switch closure detection circuit card (PN-DK00 or MP) when interfaced with external keys. PRECAUTION: For built-in External Key Interface of MP card, assign Key number 633 (Card No. 63, circuit No. 3). ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: KEY NUMBER DATA...
Page 518 CM61 COMMAND CODE TITLE: EXTERNAL KEY FUNCTION : Initial Data KEY NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING MEANING DATA MEANING Service operation by exter- XX Z XX: Card No. (00-63) of MJ/MN Alarm nal key PN-DK00 Clear key Z : Circuit No. (0-3) Day/Night Mode NOTE: Card Number...
Page 519 CM62 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL TENANTS FOR EACH ATT GROUP FUNCTION: This command is used to assign which tenants are handled by each ATTCON Group. PRECAUTION: This command requires a system reset after data setting. Multiple tenants can be assigned to one ATT Group, but one tenant cannot be assigned to more than one ATT Group.
Page 520 CM63 COMMAND CODE TITLE: RESTRICTION OF INTER-TENANT CONNECTION FUNCTION: This command is used to define the restrictions on inter-tenant access. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: TENANT-A TENANT-B DATA + DE (2 digits) (2 digits) (1 digit) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data TENANT SETTING DATA RELATED...
Page 521: Automated Attendant
CM64 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATED ATTENDANT FUNCTION: This command is used to define the answering system of the Automated Attendant feature. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: TENANT NUMBER DATA + DE (2 digits) (1-4 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED TENANT COMMAND...
Page 522 CM64 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AUTOMATED ATTENDANT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED TENANT COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Number of Queue Limit 00-63 1 line CM51 Y=26, 30 for TAS, Day Mode CM76 Y=16 99 lines Number of Queue Limit CM51 Y=27, 30 NONE No limit for TAS, Night Mode...
Page 523 CM65 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS FUNCTION: This command is used to define the features available in each tenant. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: TENANT NUMBER DATA 65YY + DE (2 digits) (1 digit) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED TENANT...
Page 524 CM65 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED TENANT COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING RR sending priority when 00-63 Send RR signal after receiving OAI SCF SMFN Send RR signal before SMFN Terminating System Two kinds of mode Mode Change (Day Mode, Night Mode)
Page 525 CM65 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED TENANT COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Call Forwarding type 00-63 Split Call Forwarding-All CM08>608 when a C.O. incoming Calls/Busy Line/Don’t CME6 Y=04, 05 call is terminated via Answer (No Answer) CM78 CCIS...
Page 526 CM65 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERVICE FEATURES ON TENANT BASIS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED TENANT COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Adding the held call on 00-63 Allow CM15 Y=63 term multiline as a third Not allowed party of Three-Way Call- ing (Conference [Three/ Four Party]) by CNF and LINE key operation...
Page 527 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the location data to the location number set by CM12 Y=39/50 (Peer- term to-Peer connection by D IP), CM8A Y=5000-5255: 173 (Peer-to-Peer connection via CCIS), CM0A Y=09 (Legacy line/trunk connection via IP-PAD), CMAD Y=29 (Peer-to-Peer connection by IP-CS/ Virtual CS/ZT for WLAN).
Page 528 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT DATA TABLE: Y=00-08 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CODEC list XX ZZ XX: Location CODEC List 0 CM42 between location number of CODEC List 1 CM12 Y=39/50 groups group (00-63)
Page 529 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING term NOTE 3: Specify the CODEC type and the payload size for the location number of group which D SP20/ term SP30/MH210/MH220/MH250 belongs.
Page 530 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING PAD data between XX ZZ XX: Location TT RR TT (Transmitter PAD): CM12 Y=39/50 +: Gain location group number of CM8A Y=5000- [Series 3200 group (00-63)
Page 531 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Echo Canceller XX ZZ XX: Location Echo Canceller OFF CM12 Y=39/50 between location number of Echo Canceller ON CM8A Y=5000- groups group (00-63) NONE...
Page 532 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Diffserv Code XX ZZ XX: Location XX ZZ XX: 00-FF: DSCP of CM12 Y=39/50 Point (DSCP) of number of control packet CM8A Y=5000- control packet and...
Page 533 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT Y=10-19 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Time Zone setting Location number XXXXX Time Zone CM02 of each location (see the table below) CM0B [Series 3300] NONE No Time Zone Y=00/31-60>40...
Page 534 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Type of tone for Location number Japan CM12 Y=39/50 each area/country North America CMAD Y=29 for each location Australia (Virtual CS/ZT group A-law countries...
Page 535 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Type of tone for Location number Austria CM12 Y=39/50 each area/country [Series 3200 R6.2 CMAD Y=29 (R6.2)] for each location (Virtual CS/ZT group Belgium...
Page 536 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CM12 Y=39/50 Type of Service Location number PRECEDENCE 0 (TOS) field Prece- PRECEDENCE 1 CMAD Y=29 dence of control PRECEDENCE 2 term packet for D...
Page 537 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CM12 Y=39 Maximum value of Location number 10 ms. jitter buffer for CM8A Y=5000- each location 300 ms. 5255: 173 group (10 ms.
Page 538 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT Y=20-24 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING FAX control infor- XX ZZ XX: Location Fixed list 0 CM8A Y=5000- mation list to each number of (See the table below) 5255: 173 location group...
Page 539 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Programmable list FAX Protocol Pat- Not detect the FAX pro- tern No. tocol NOTE Programmable list G.711 µ-law (Only for PN-8IPLA) Programmable list G.711 A-law (Only for PN-8IPLA)
Page 540 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Programmable list Maximum value 10 ms. CM67 Y=21/22/ of jitter buffer 23/24>08 Programmable list 300 ms. (10 ms. increments) Programmable list NONE No data...
Page 541 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT Y=30, 31 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Daylight Saving Location number To operate with Daylight CM67 Y=10 time setting of each Saving time (+1 hour) CM0B Y=00/ location NONE...
Page 542 CM67 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT Y=90-92 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Limit bandwidth XX ZZ XX: Location 00000 0 Kbps CM12 Y=39/50 between location number of CM8A groups group (00-63) 65534 65534 Kbps Y=5000-5255:...
Page 543 CM71 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) FUNCTION: This command is used to allocate memory area for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) to ten- ants, attendants, Hot Line-Outside and Delayed Hotline-Outside station. PRECAUTION: Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) has 300 memory locations system-wide; this is referred to as a “Memory Block”...
Page 544 CM71 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) Limitation on Memory Slot Allocations • In a single-tenant system, Tenant 00 can be assigned a maximum of 300 memory slots. • Per Tenant: Maximum of 300 memory slots •...
Page 545 CM71 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: KIND OF DATA + 71 + CALLING PARTY (6 digits) (2 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data KIND OF CALLING PARTY SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Tenant 00 XXX YYY XXX: Starting Memory Slot...
Page 546 CM72 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) FUNCTION: This command is used to enter the stored number or character for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) feature into the memory allocated with CM71. PRECAUTION: When displaying the data, the access code corresponding to the Memory Slot number is indicated by the very first , and the stored number is indicated by the next .
Page 547 CM72 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-SYSTEM (SYSTEM SPEED DIALING) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 000-299 Memory Slot number XXXX YY...Y XXXX: Access Code (Maximum 4 digits) : Separator Mark YY...Y : Called Party Number (Maximum 26 digits) X-XXXXXXXX...
Page 548 CM73 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) FUNCTION: This command is used to allocate memory areas for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) to individual stations. PRECAUTION: The allowed number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks per station number ranges from 1 to 10. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: STATION NUMBER DATA...
Page 549 CM73 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) NOTE 3: An entry of “342106” would allocate six (6) 10-Slot Memory Blocks, which would accommo- date sixty (60) Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) numbers. 1000- Slot Memory Block number 3 would be used, starting at 10-Slot Memory Block number 42, and ending at 10-Slot Memory Block number 47.
Page 550 CM73 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) Example: If the quantity of Speed Calling (Speed Dial) numbers is 10 for Station Number 300, 20 for Station Number 301, and 30 for Station Number 302, the memory areas assignment is as fol- lows.
Page 551 CM73 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) A memory area allocated by CM73 can be shared with several stations. Also, in the stations, which station can assign or change the data can be determined. Example: Station Number Assigned data Facility for Programming...
Page 552 CM74 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) FUNCTION: This command is used to enter the stored number for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) fea- ture into the memory allocated with CM73. PRECAUTION: Data can only be changed when the access code is displayed. Enter the data in the following order; the new access code, comma, the called number, and .
Page 553 CM74 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING X YY Z X : 1000-Slot Memory Block XX...X YY...Y XX...X: Access Code number (0-9) (Maximum 4 digits) YY: 10-Slot Memory Block : Separator Mark...
Page 554 CM74 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STORED NUMBER FOR SPEED CALLING-STATION (STATION SPEED DIALING) : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING X YY Z X : 1000-Slot Memory Block XXX...X Station Name Character by MAT/ number (0-9) CAT (Maximum 16 characters) YY: 10-Slot Memory Block XXX...X Calling Party Name Character...
Page 555 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the data required for interpreting the dialed-in digits. PRECAUTION: Digit Conversion on DID call is available when CM35 Y=18 is set to 0. The first digit in the first data field must be assigned, in CM20 Y=0-3, as a station number 801- 808 and 811-818.
Page 556 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING For Day Mode 000-999: Station number to be terminated CM10/CM14 Number Conver- NOTE 1 CM11 For Night Mode sion Block No. XXXXXXXX CM1A assigned by...
Page 557 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING Trunk Tenant 00 CM35 Y=18 Terminating 000-999: Trunk Tenant dur- Number Conver- ing Day Mode sion Block No. Trunk Tenant 63 (for TAS) assigned by NONE...
Page 558 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING Calling party 000-999: Available CM15 Y=134 number is used as Number Conver- Not available CM2A Y=15, the ID Code for sion Block No.
Page 559 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING Terminating Sta- 000-999: Station Tenant 00 tion Tenant for Number Conver- each DID number sion Block No. Station Tenant 63 during Mode B assigned by NONE...
Page 560 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING DID Name assign- 000-199: Character CM15 ment with charac- Number Conver- (Maximum 16 digits) Y=123, 136 sion Block No. X..X X: 0-9, A-Z assigned by NONE...
Page 561 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING Specification of 000-999: To transfer to the DAT/another CM51 Y=33 the call terminat- Number Conver- station/Attendant Console (assigned CM76 Y=33, ing method for sion Block No.
Page 562 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING Distinctive LED 000-999: Green (120 IPM) CM35 Y=32 indication on Number Conver- Red (120 IPM) CM76 Y=34, term for DID sion Block No.
Page 563 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING term Ringer Tone 000-999: Ringer Tone Pattern 0 CM65 Y=90 Pattern for DID Number Conver- Ringer Tone Pattern 1 CM76 Y=23, incoming call with sion Block No.
Page 564 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL : Initial Data 2ND DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING Registered DID 0000-0999: XXX ZZZZ XXX : Number Conversion Block CM76 Y=00 number display Registered DID No. assigned by CM76 Y=00 [Series 3400] number is dis- ZZZZ: DID Number assigned by...
Page 565 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL Data settings for Day/Night/A/B Mode Distinction of tenant An explanation of tenant selection method for Day/Night/A/B Mode change, when DID call ter- minates, is shown below as a tree diagram for system data registration. When station tenant for each DID number is assigned.
Page 566 CM76 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL When station tenant for each DID number is not assigned. (CM76 Y=09 is not set) Terminating Trunk Tenant DAY/NIGHT/A/B Mode change CM76 Terminates at station set by Y=01 CM76 Y=01 00~63 Trunk Tenant set by CM76 Y=05 Terminating Trunk...
Page 567 CM77 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION/TRUNK/CS/ZT/ATTCON NAME ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the name of each station, trunk route, Cell Station (Zone Transceiver) term and ATTCON which is displayed on D or Attendant Console. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: STATION TRUNK NAME CS/ZT...
Page 568 CM77 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION/TRUNK/CS/ZT/ATTCON NAME ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data STATION No./ SETTING DATA TRUNK NAME No./ REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No./ATTCON No. Trunk Name assign- 00-14, 16-63: Trunk Name XXX...X Character Code CM35 Y=03 ment with character number (Maximum 8 digits) CM08>255 code (for English)
Page 569 CM77 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION/TRUNK/CS/ZT/ATTCON NAME ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data STATION No./ SETTING DATA TRUNK NAME No./ REMARKS MEANING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No./ATTCON No. ATTCON Name 0-7: ATTCON number XXX...X Character Code CM14 assignment with assigned by CM14 (Maximum 32 digits) CM08>255 character code Character Code...
Page 570 CM77 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION/TRUNK/CS/ZT/ATTCON NAME ASSIGNMENT Character Code Table for English X: Upper digit Y: Lower digit ” & ’ < ¥ > ← Example: To set “John”, do the following operation. – 546 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3005.fm DECEMBER/02/2005...
Page 571 CM77 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION/TRUNK/CS/ZT/ATTCON NAME ASSIGNMENT Character Code Table for Russian X: Upper digit Y: Lower digit É Þ ü æ ä “ é Æ â ô ä ö µ à ò ü å û ı & ç ù Ë...
Page 572 CM78 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DESTINATION OF SPLIT CALL FORWARDING FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the called number of Split Call Forwarding. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: • To assign destination of Split Call Forwarding 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE (3 digits) (1-29 digits) •...
Page 573 CM81 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS FUNCTION: Toll call restriction is controlled by combinations of the toll office code dialed and assigned station trunk restriction class. With respect to toll call restriction, there are eight kinds of trunk restriction classes; Un- restricted, Non-Restricted-1, Non-Restricted-2, Semi-Restricted-1, Semi-Restricted-2, Restricted-1, Re- stricted-2, and Fully Restricted.
Page 574 CM81 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: The following command format is used to change the standard assignment data above to meet local re- quirements: TRUNK RESTRICTION DATA ST + 81YY (1 digit) CLASS (1 digit) DATA TABLE:...
Page 575 CM81 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS Examples: The following examples are typical installations within Melbourne, Australia. Unrestricted : No restrictions Non-Restricted-1 : 115, 116, 118, 001 and 010 codes are restricted. Non-Restricted-2 : 115, 116, 118, 02, 04, 06-09, 001-007, 009-011, 014, 016, 018, 019 and 054 codes are restricted.
Page 576 CM85 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAXIMUM DIGITS ON C.O. CALLS FUNCTION: This command is used to define the maximum number of digits which can be dialed, after C.O. access, given a specific first digit. PRECAUTION: This command is effective when CM35 Y=76 is assigned. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: MAXIMUM NUMBER AREA/OFFICE CODE...
Page 577 CM85 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAXIMUM DIGITS ON C.O. CALLS Example: The example given is typical for Australian applications and more specifically would apply to installations within Melbourne. NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C.O. LINE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C.O. LINE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C.O.
Page 578 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR/TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE FUNCTION: This command is used to define the development tables used for Least Cost Routing (LCR) and Toll Re- striction (TR) features. PRECAUTION: To provide Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) in conjunction with Least Cost Rout- ing-3/6 Digit, you must set Route Pattern No.
Page 579 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE DATA TABLE: Toll Restriction Development Table CM35 Y=11, 76) 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0000 Route Pattern No. 000 TR/LCR Pattern for 6- 00000 XXX 00 digit Toll Restriction XXX: TR Pattern 0255 Route Pattern No.
Page 580 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 4000 Area Code Development Area Code 0000 Route Pattern No. 000 Pattern No. 0 (Maximum 8 digits) XX...XX 0255 Route Pattern No. 255 4004 Area Code Development (CM8A Y=0000-0255)
Page 581 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 TR Pattern No. 000 Designation of Trunk Toll Restriction Pattern Restriction Pattern No. No. 00 5255 TR Pattern No. 255 Toll Restriction Pattern No.
Page 582 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE LCR Development Table 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 0000 Route Pattern No. 000 Designation of next table 0000 Next Pattern No. 000 (Route Pattern No.) 0255 Route Pattern No. 255 0255 Next Pattern No.
Page 583 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 4005 Area Code Development Area Code 0000 Route Pattern No. 000 Pattern No. 5 (Maximum 8 digits) XX...XX 0255 Route Pattern No. 255 4007 Area Code Development (CM8A Y=0000-0255) Pattern No.
Page 584 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 4010 Operator Call Code Area Code Route Pattern No. 00 Development No. (Maximum 3 digits) NOTE: Effective only Route Pattern No. 63 for access code assigned by CM20>A126.
Page 585 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 Deletion of Area Code To delete Not deleted 5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 All digits to be deleted To delete from Area Code Not deleted...
Page 586 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 Type of Number of Unknown Called Party Number International number 5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 (for E.164) National number Not used Subscriber number...
Page 587 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 Call by Call Network ID Plan Type of Network ID No. 5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 [North America Only] NONE No data...
Page 588 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 Call by Call WATS Band Number WATS Band Number [North America Only] 5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 NONE No data Caller ID on outgoing...
Page 589 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 PAD control pattern for IP trunk Point-to-Multi- Programmable PAD by 5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 point connection CM42 Fixed PAD NONE...
Page 590 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 Location number of the Location No. 00 group 5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 Location No. 63 NONE Location No.
Page 591 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 Sharing LCR Pattern No. To provide with alternative routing (As per CM8A Y=5000- 5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 [Series 3300] 5255>178) Not provided...
Page 592 CM8A COMMAND CODE TITLE: LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING 9000 Digit Addition Pattern Entry of digit code to be Digits to be added (Maxi- No. 00 added mum 32 digits) X...X X=0-9, A (*), B (#), 9255...
Page 593 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term /ATTCON/DESKCON/ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: term This command is used to assign functions to programmable keys on a D , ATTCON, DESKCON or Add-on Module. PRECAUTION: term “My Line” must always be assigned to any key on each D or Add-on Module.
Page 594 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: term MY LINE DATA + 90YY + NUMBER NUMBER (1-8 digits) (1-8 digits) (01-24, 90-99) – 570 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3006.fm JULY/01/2006...
Page 595 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT DATA TABLE: term SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions Station number CM10/CM14 • My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX) CM11 XXXXXXXX • Multiline number (Ordinary Station) • Multiline number (assigned by CM11) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) A000 Automatic Intercom number...
Page 596 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Setting of Functions AA01 Loop Line number for D Attendant CM11 Position CM15 Y=71 AA05 CM12 Y=03 AA11 AAX Z term X: D Attendant Position No. (0-7) AA15 Z : Loop Line No.
Page 597 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F0XXX Service feature access code 016: Call Forwarding-Don’t Answer (-No CM15 Y=10 Answer) Set /Cancel (FDN) 018: Call Forwarding-Destination Set CM15 Y=15 (FDDS) 019: Call Forwarding-Destination Cancel (FDDC) 020: Call Pickup-Group (PICK)
Page 598 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F0XXX Service feature access code 040: Message Waiting Lamp Set (MWS) CM15 Y=24 041: Message Waiting Lamp Reset (MWR) 044: ACD/UCD Busy out (UCDB) 046: Call Hold (CHLD) CM15 Y=01 047: TAS Answer A (TASA)
Page 599 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F0XXX Service feature access code A26: LCR Group 0 A27: LCR Group 1 A28: LCR Group 2 A46: Message Waiting Search Message A70: Malicious Call Trace CM15 Y=211...
Page 600 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F0XXX Service feature access code B00: Simultaneous Paging Group 0 for 6/ CM15 Y=119 10 party CM56 B07: Simultaneous Paging Group 7 for 6/ 10 party B10: Re-participation Group 0 for 6/10 party...
Page 601 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F0XXX B58: PS Location Search [Series 3800] B59: 8-Party Conference [Series 3800] Continued on next page – 577 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3006.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 602 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Setting of Functions F1XXX operation 000: Stack Dial Redial 001: Save & Repeat (1) (S&R1) 002: Voice Call (VOICE) 004: Hooking (TRF) Transfer 005: Message Waiting Lamp/Message CM13 Y=03...
Page 603 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term Setting of Functions F1XXX operation 064: Do Not Disturb (HDND) For Hotel func- 065: Room Cutoff (HRC) tions CM15 066: Message Waiting (HMW) Y=62 067: Wake Up (HWU) 068: Check In (CK-IN) 069: Room Status (RSTS) 070: Call Record (REC)
Page 604 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F1XXX 099: Select Key of Calling Number Dis- play or Calling Name Display F11XX 00: Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed CM73 Dialing) 00 (SPD00) CM74 CM15 Y=07...
Page 605 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F3XXZ Call Park-Tenant CM08>133 (CP001-CP638) XX: Group Number (00-63) Z : Serial Number (1-8) F40XX 00: TAS Answer on Tenant 00 (ANS00) CM30 01: TAS Answer on Tenant 01 (ANS01) Y=00, 02, 03...
Page 606 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Functions F5025 911 Notification CM90 Y=00: [Series 3300] F0006 [North America Only] CM51 Y=16 F5026 Record (Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS) CM08>578 [Series 3700 R12.1] F5027 End (Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS)
Page 607 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING term ringing tone by Day Mode: No ringing/Night Mode: No CM08>577 Day Mode/Night Mode ringing [Series 3700 R12.2] Day Mode: Ringing/Night Mode: Ringing Day Mode: No ringing/Night Mode: Ring- Day Mode: Ringing/Night Mode: No ring- Ringing sending...
Page 608 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT SN708/SN709/SN712/SN741 ATTCON Call Selection/Function Key Assignment: ATTCON ATTCON SETTING KEY NUMBER + , + + 90YY + NUMBER DATA (2 digits) (E000-E007) (5 digits) See next page Multi-Function Key Assignment: MULTI- SETTING FUNCTION 90YY EXX Y ST +...
Page 609 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT SN716 DESKCON Call Selection/Function Key Assignment: ATTCON ATTCON SETTING KEY NUMBER + , + + 90YY + NUMBER DATA (2 digits) (E000-E007) (5 digits) See next page Multi-Function Key Assignment: MULTI- SETTING FUNCTION + , + 90YY EXX Y...
Page 610 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT SN708/SN709/SN712/SN741 ATTCON/SN716 DESKCON • ATTCON Call Selection Key STANDARD SETTING RELATED FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND MEANING SETTING Setting of F6000 C.O. Incoming Call 0 (LDN0) LDN0 CM35 Y=15 Functions F6007 C.O. Incoming Call 7 (LDN7) F6010 Call Termination from FX Line 0 CM35 Y=15...
Page 611 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT STANDARD SETTING RELATED FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND MEANING SETTING Setting of F6054 Priority Call 0 (PRI0) CM15 Y=17 Functions CM08>250, CM20>A088 F6055 Priority Call 1 (PRI1) CM15 Y=18 CM08>251, CM20>A089 F6056 Emergency Call (EMGC) CM20>A094 F6060 Operator Call (ATND)
Page 612 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT • ATTCON Function Key STANDARD SETTING RELATED FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND MEANING SETTING Setting of F6100 Room Cutoff (RC) For Hotel ATTCON NOTE 1: Functions Use the ANSWER key as the SET F6101 Message Waiting (MW) key for Hotel features.
Page 613 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT STANDARD SETTING RELATED FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND MEANING SETTING Setting of F6120 Malicious Call Trace CM15 Functions [Australia Only] Y=211 F6121 Last Number Call (Last Number Redial)-Attendant/Stack Dial-Atten- dant F6122 Select Key of Calling Number Dis- play or Calling Name Display F6123 Transfer to VMS...
Page 614 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT STANDARD SETTING RELATED FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND MEANING SETTING Setting of F1201 Lamp indication when trunks are all Maximum 6 CM30 Y=09 Functions busy in Trunk Group 01 keys per (TGB01) ATTCON NOTE 1 F1262 Lamp indication when trunks are all busy in Trunk Group 62...
Page 615 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT • ATTCON Multi-Function Key No. 01-06 (01-04 for DESKCON) CM60 Y=17 ATTCON SETTING RELATED STATUS MEANING FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND Idle state F6100 Room Cutoff (RCOF) F6102 Do Not Disturb (DND) F6104 Reset (RESET) F6110 Mode (MODE) F6111...
Page 616 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT ATTCON SETTING RELATED STATUS MEANING FUNCTION REMARKS DATA COMMAND When the called F6108 Do Not Disturb station is in DND Override (DDOV) When accessing F6100 Room Cutoff For Hotel ATTCON Hotel features (RCOF) NOTE: Use the ANSWER F6101...
Page 617 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ATTCON/DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT NOTE 4: If no data is set, the Multi-Function keys are automatically set by initial data/Resident System Program as shown below. • Idle State 10:23 AM TUE 12 MODE: Mode PROG: Programming MODE PROG •...
Page 618 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT Add-On Module MY LINE DATA KEY NUMBER + 90YY + NUMBER (1-8 digits) (30-89) (1-8 digits) – 594 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3006.fm JULY/01/2006...
Page 619 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT Add-On Module SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Func- Station number CM10/CM14 tions • My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX) CM11 XXXXXXXX • Multiline number (Ordinary Station) • Multiline number (assigned by CM11) X=0-9, A (*), B (#) A000 Automatic Intercom number...
Page 620 CM90 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Func- F11XX CM73 tions 00-99: Speed Calling-Station (Station CM74 Speed Dialing) 00-99 F0043 Day/Night Key NOTE 1: Any one of key numbers 87 through 89 can be used for the Day/Night key.
Page 621 CM93 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PRIME LINE FUNCTION: term This command is used to assign the prime line to a station line or a trunk line on a D term The prime line is the line seized when the D user goes off-hook or presses the speaker button. PRECAUTION: term Any one station line or trunk line provided on the D...
Page 622 CM94 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term ONE-TOUCH MEMORY FUNCTION: This command is used to assign memory for the storage of numbers accessed by the one-touch keys on term PRECAUTION: Do not duplicate the same memory area for CM73 and CM94 usually. However, when Dial by Name term feature using one-touch keys or BLF on D line key feature are provided, the same memory areas must...
Page 623 CM94 COMMAND CODE TITLE: term ONE-TOUCH MEMORY DATA TABLE: : Initial Data SETTING DATA MY LINE NUMBER DATA MEANING NOTE 1 W XX Y ZZ W : 1000-Slot Memory Block number(0-9) XX: 10-Slot Memory Start Block number (00-99) XXXXXXXX Y : Facility for programming the dialed number from the station (0/1=Effective/Ineffective) ZZ : Number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks (01-10)
Page 624 CM96 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE NUMBER FUNCTION: term This command is used to assign a DSS Console to a station, D or Attendant Console. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: DSS CONSOLE DATA + 96 + NUMBER (1-8 digits) (2 digits) DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA DSS CONSOLE...
Page 625 CM97 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the station numbers and trunk numbers to the keys on each DSS Con- sole. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: DSS CONSOLE DSS KEY DATA + DE NUMBER NUMBER (1-8 digits)
Page 626 CM97 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA RELATED CONSOLE COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER NUMBER Station number CM10/CM14 CM11 XXXXXXXX DXXX Trunk number CM10/CM14 CM10> (XXX=000-255) CM30 E100- Y=02, 03, 18 E131 F13XX CM08>244 00: Day/Night Mode Change by Tenant 00 CM08>245 CM14>...
Page 627 CM97 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT SETTING DATA RELATED CONSOLE COMMAND DATA MEANING NUMBER NUMBER F1055 Function Button used for busy out display CM08>265 from UCD Group CM10> E100- E131 CM14> E100- E131 – 603 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3006.fm...
Page 628 CM98 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ADD-ON MODULE NUMBER FUNCTION: term This command is used to assign the Add-on Module to the My Line number of a D PRECAUTION: term One Add-on Module number can be assigned for each My Line number of a D The Add-on Module number and My Line number must be in a PIM (or PIMs) controlled by the same FP.
Page 629 CM9A COMMAND CODE TITLE: term SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: term This command is used to assign functions for the Soft Key on a D PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: STATUS NUMBER DATA 9AYY + DE (2-12 digits) SOFT KEY NUMBER (4 digits) –...
Page 630 CM9A COMMAND CODE TITLE: term SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Soft aa bb aa : Status Number (00-15) F5002 Scroll key to change the Key function 00: Idle State Soft key indication for each Pat-...
Page 631 CM9A COMMAND CODE TITLE: term SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Soft aa bb aa : Status Number (00-15) X...XXXX Soft Key name indicated Key name for 00: Idle State on LCD each Pattern 01: During dialing...
Page 632 CM9A COMMAND CODE TITLE: term SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Soft aa bb aa : Status Number (00-15) X...XXXX Soft Key name indicated Key name for 00: Idle State on LCD each Pattern 01: During dialing...
Page 633 CM9A COMMAND CODE TITLE: term SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT Default Data of CM9A (Pattern No. 3) 1ST DATA of 2ND DATA INDICATION STATUS MEANING Y=03 of Y=03 (Y=13) 0000 Idle F1017 MIC ON/OFF 0001 F5014 Dial By Name for Speed SYS. Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (300-Slot Memory)
Page 634 CM9A COMMAND CODE TITLE: term SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT Default Data of CM9A (Pattern No. 3) 1ST DATA of 2ND DATA INDICATION STATUS MEANING Y=03 of Y=03 (Y=13) 0600 When called party is F0004 Call Back Set busy (Holding no call) 0601 F0A25 Call Waiting Set...
Page 635 CM9B COMMAND CODE TITLE: EVENT OCCURRENCE NOTICE BUTTON ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to provide the event occurrence notice button. When the offices with CCIS via Virtual IPT connection are disconnected due to a fault occurrence, the link down can be notified to the term term IPs that are connected to the offices.
Page 636 CMA5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NAILED DOWN CONNECTION FUNCTION: This command is used to define a nailed down connection, which provides a fixed connection between DTIs. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: ISDN LINE STATION TRUNK NUMBER (A) NUMBER (A) A5YY/YYY (1-10 digits) (4 digits) TRUNK ISDN LINE STATION...
Page 637 CMA5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: NAILED DOWN CONNECTION To see the data setting of nailed down connection for each Memory Block Number, use CMA5 Y=999. Operation: MEMORY + A5999 + + BLOCK NUMBER (00-99/000-199) Display: A couple of station number (A)/station number (B) + + B channel number/Trunk number.
Page 638 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the various data to each Common Channel Handler (CCH), IP Trunk (IPT) and SIP Trunk provided. PRECAUTION: CCH/IPT/SIP trunk No. is assigned by CM06 Y=07. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: DATA A7YY...
Page 639 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Centralized Billing destination 00001 Point Code of Center Billing Office 16367 NONE No data Centralized Fault Reporting desti- 00001 Point Code of Centralized Fault nation Reporting Office...
Page 640 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING IP Address for own IP trunk aaa bbb IP Address for own IP trunk ccc ddd aaa : 000-255 bbb: 000-255 ccc : 000-255 ddd: 000-255...
Page 641 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Release timer for IP trunk Point-to- 30 seconds Multipoint connection 1 minute 127 minutes NONE Not released Connection method for IP trunks Point-to-Multipoint Point-to-Point IPT INITIAL...
Page 642 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DS code point (DiffServ code) set- 00-3F DS code point CM35 Y=161 ting for IP trunk control packet NONE No data CMA7 Y=44 NOTE 1:...
Page 643 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Jitter adjustment interval for IP 1 time CMA7 Y=56 trunk (statistics count for jitter (1 time increments) buffer) 255 times NONE 5 times IPT INITIAL...
Page 644 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Maximum threshold value of early CMA7 Y=57 arrival packet used for meantime (1 % increments) adjustment for IP trunk 100 % NONE 80 %...
Page 645 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Voice encoding selection prece- Band Mode 2 dence for IP trunk Tone Quality Mode See the Band Mode 1 table below.
Page 646 CMA7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Payload size for IP trunk 10 ms. 20 ms. IPT INITIAL 30 ms. 40 ms. NOTE 1: Set the payload size according to the maximum voice channels per IPT card as follows. MAXIMUM VOICE CHANNELS PER IPT PAYLOAD SIZE G.729a...
Page 647 CMA8 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CCIS ROUTING LABEL ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a destination office for a message to be transferred (e.g. service infor- mation) and the Common Channel Handler (CCH) which will accommodate the message. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA...
Page 648 CMA9 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DCH INITIAL D-CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the various data to each D-Channel Handler (DCH) for ISDN-Primary Rate Interface/Roaming. PRECAUTION: This command requires the DCH card reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: DATA A9YY + DE...
Page 649 CMAA COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT/CCT/CFTC/VIRTUAL AP FUNCTIONS FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the DTI, CIR, DCH, ICH, BRT, PRT, CCT, CFTC card, and Virtual AP. PRECAUTION: After setting CMAA Y=00-03, 09, 12, 13, the DTI reset is required. Set the Make Busy switch of the DTI/PRT/BRT/CCT card to UP then DOWN.
Page 650 CMAA COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT/CCT/CFTC/VIRTUAL AP FUNCTIONS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING ZCS (Zero Code Suppression) Available (Non Transparent) (24 DTI/PRT/CCT) Not available (Transparent) NOTE DTI INITIAL Control Mode (24/30 DTI/PRT/CCT) Not used DTI INITIAL Common Channel Interoffice Sig- naling (CCIS)/Associated Channel Interoffice Signaling (ACIS)
Page 651 CMAA COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT/CCT/CFTC/VIRTUAL AP FUNCTIONS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING ISDN Protocol Type Australia CM05 for DCH/PRT New Zealand ITU-T (Hong Kong) DTI INITIAL AT&T (#4, #5 ESS) DCH INITIAL NTI (DMS 100, 250) Australia ETSI ETSI VN4 (Chile) ETSI Standard...
Page 652 CMAA COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT/CCT/CFTC/VIRTUAL AP FUNCTIONS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING ISDN Protocol Type Australia CM05 for BRT New Zealand AT&T (#4, #5 ESS) BRT INITIAL NTI (DMS 100, 250) Australia ETSI ETSI Standard (Brazil, Columbia, Indonesia, UAE) ITU-T Standard (Thailand)
Page 653 CMAA COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT/CCT/CFTC/VIRTUAL AP FUNCTIONS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Sending method of calling number CALLER ID (CLASS SM) from/to network for MFR/CIR/911 T1-ANI sender card Enhanced 911 MFC-R2 Idle Code on ISDN B Channels Send 7F to PSTN Send FF to PSTN DTI INITIAL...
Page 654 CMAA COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT/CCT/CFTC/VIRTUAL AP FUNCTIONS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Selection of DCH for ISDN-PRI PN-24PRTA/PN-30PRTA/ CM05 Y=0: 12 PN-DTA/PN-DTB (Built-in DCH) INITIAL PN-SC01 (DCH) Selection of CCH for CCIS PN-24CCTA/PN-30CCTA/ CM05 Y=0: 11 PN-DTA/PN-DTB (Built-in CCH) INITIAL PN-SC00 (CCH)
Page 655 CMAA COMMAND CODE TITLE: DTI/CIR/DCH/ICH/BRT/PRT/CCT/CFTC/VIRTUAL AP FUNCTIONS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Type of PRT/CCT PN-30PRTA/PN-30CCTA/ PN-DTA/PN-DTB (30PRT/30CCT) PN-24PRTA/PN-24CCTA/ PN-DTA/PN-DTB (24PRT/24CCT) Providing PRT/BRT card with To provide CM42>69, 70 ISDN Advice of Charge (AOC) Not provided [UAE Only] [Series 3500] A-law/µ-law setting of PN-DTB...
Page 656 CMAC COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL ISDN FUNCTIONS FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions to the ICH/BRT card. PRECAUTION: This command requires system reset after data setting. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: + ISDN LINE No. ICH No./ISDN DCH No. DATA ACYY ST + (0-7)
Page 657 CMAC COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIAL ISDN FUNCTIONS : Initial Data SETTING DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Sending of expanded information on Allow CM08>722 Low Layer Compatibility (LLC) infor- Restricted CM35 Y=130 mation element for connection between ISDN terminal/ISDN trunks [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)] Hunting timing when ISDN terminal 1 second...
Page 658 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the calling area and PAD data for each CS/ZT. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: CS/ZT NUMBER SETTING DATA + DE ADYY (3 digits) (2-12 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data SETTING DATA...
Page 659 PS to ZT 20 dB (Average) [Latin America Only] 0 dB (Strong) NOTE NOTE: Follow the initial data setting. When you change the data of CMAD Y=04/05/06/07, contact NEC. Continued on next page – 635 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3007.fm JUNE/01/2007...
Page 660 Control Slot • BS41 Control Slot CSID fixed Control Slot 0 fixed No data NOTE: Follow the initial data setting. When you change the data of CMAD Y=04/05/06/07, contact NEC. Continued on next page – 636 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3007.fm JUNE/01/2007...
Page 661 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING PAD Data (CSI/Virtual CS/ 000-255 Transmitter/Receiver PAD (dB) ZT-BRT/DTI/PRT/CCT/Virtual +: Gain NOTE IPT) –: Loss 0/+3 0/+6 0/–3 +3/+3 +3/+6 +3/–3 –3/–3 +3/0 +6/0...
Page 662 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING PAD Data (CSI/Virtual CS/ZT- 000-255 Transmitter/Receiver PAD (dB) LC/DLC/ILC/ATI) NOTE +: Gain –: Loss 0/+3 0/+6 0/–3 +3/+3 +3/+6 +3/–3 –3/–3 +3/0 +6/0 –3/0...
Page 663 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING PAD Data (CSI/Virtual CS/ZT- 000-255 Transmitter/Receiver PAD (dB) CSI) NOTE +: Gain –: Loss 0/+3 0/+6 0/–3 +3/+3 +3/+6 +3/–3 –3/–3 +3/0 +6/0 –3/0...
Page 664 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING ZT Type 000-255 ZT II-U/ [For PCS] ZT II-S/ ZT II with SP3276 CS PROG-A version 6A or later/ NOTE 1 ZT II with SP3547 CS PROG-A NOTE 1 ZT II with SP3276 CS PROG-A...
Page 665 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING Kind of CS interface 000-255 BS31/BS41 [For PHS] BS21/BS21A CSH INITIAL Kind of ZT interface ZT II-U [For PCS] ZT/ZT II/ZT II-S CSH INITIAL Registration the MAC Address of XXXXXX...
Page 666 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING Location number for each IP-CS 000-255 Location number 00 [For PHS] [Series 3300] Location number 63 NONE Location number 00 Location number for each Virtual NOTE 1 CS/ZT for WLAN [Series 3600]...
Page 667 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING NOTE 1: The meaning of the second data is different from the master IP-CS and the submaster IP-CS. Second Data Master IP-CS Submaster IP-CS 01-07 Non-fixed master mode...
Page 668 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING Time limit of initial synchronous 000-255 1.5 seconds processing (1.5 seconds increments) [For PHS] 21 seconds [Series 3300] 15 seconds Time limit for receiving the notice 100 ms.
Page 669 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING Threshold of electric field strength 000-255 1 dB [For PHS] [Series 3300] 254 dB NONE 40 dB Provide the call log collection with To provide the IP-CS Not provided...
Page 670 CMAD COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data SETTING DATA MEANING CS/ZT No. DATA MEANING Association of Master IP-CS and 000-255 CS number 000 Submaster IP-CS [Series 3600] CS number 255 NONE No data NOTE 1: When the IP-CS that registered as a submaster IP-CS operates as a master IP-CS because the master IP-CS has trouble or the submaster IP-CS starts up without a master IP-CS starting, there is no submaster IP-CS in a wireless block area.
Page 671 CMAE COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the CS/ZT operation data. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA SETTING DATA + DE AEYY (2 digits) (1-16 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA SETTING DATA DATA MEANING...
Page 672 CMAE COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT 1ST DATA SETTING DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Nation Code assignment Refer to Technical Information PI-287 Supplement to [For PHS] NEAX 2000 IPS WCS System Manual on Country Code Entry. CSH INITIAL Nation Code assignment [Latin America Only] CSH INITIAL...
Page 673 CMAE COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CS/ZT Operation 00-31 Calling Area No. Crowded Mode Mode Normal Mode CSH INITIAL Width of Calling 00-31 Calling Area No. Wide Area Narrow...
Page 674 CMAE COMMAND CODE TITLE: CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA SETTING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Handover Channel slot for Channel Slot [For PHS] handover (for BS31/ No. 00 BS41) NONE No data CSH INITIAL NOTE 5 Delay correction BS31 and BS21 are when the other type of...
Page 675 CMAF COMMAND CODE TITLE: VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Visitor PS data for Roaming. PRECAUTION: This data setting is valid when DBM (AP00-A/AP00-B) card is online. This command is effective only for North America/Latin America. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA...
Page 676 CMAF COMMAND CODE TITLE: VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA NEANING Trunk Route Selection First Selected Route 00-63 Q-931a D-Channel Trunk for location registration Route No. 00-63 of Visitor PS Fourth Selected Route Data clear [For PCS] NONE...
Page 677 CMAF COMMAND CODE TITLE: VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA NEANING Work Memory All Clear All Clear Data clear of DBM Card [For PCS] System Data Memory All Clear Data clear All Clear of DBM Card [For PCS] –...
Page 678 CMB0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT FUNCTION: This command allows accumulated data of use for maintenance purposes to be read from the system PEG counter. Data can be cleared after reading. PRECAUTION: When the system is reset, the contents in the memories of the PEG counter are all cleared. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: •...
Page 679 CMB0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT • To clear each CS/ZT PEG COUNT data 1ST DATA + DE (4 digits) • To clear all CS/ZT PEG COUNT data + DE DE + 9999 • To display 1ST DATA ST + + DE (4 digits) –...
Page 680 CMB0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT DATA TABLE: TRUNK STATUS DATA SETTING DATA DATA MEANING Number of outgoing trunk seizure-Trunk Route 00-63 Number of tandem connections established Number of times a busy station was encountered Number of all types of calls to Attendant Console Number of connections giving Dial Tone Number of station-to-station connections established Number of failures caused by all senders being busy...
Page 681 CMB0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT TRUNK STATUS DATA SETTING DATA DATA MEANING Number of Mobility Access calls terminated from mobile [Series 3700 phones R12.1] Number of Mobility Access settings from mobile phones [Series 3700 R12.1] Number of forwarded calls from Mobility Access station to [Series 3700 mobile phone R12.1]...
Page 682 CMB0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT TRUNK STATUS DATA SETTING DATA DATA MEANING Number of incoming calls terminated to busy tone-Trunk Route 00-63 Number of unanswered incoming calls-Trunk Route 00-63 Number of register connection on trunk call-Trunk Route 00- Number of conference calls (Three/Four way Calling) Number of failures cased by all conference trunks (For three way Calling) being busy...
Page 683 CMB0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MM: Month (01-12) Setting of PEG COUNT Start MM DD HH mm Setting of Time DD : Day (01-31) duration for To stop the PEG HH : Hour (00-23) Setting of PEG COUNT End measuring...
Page 684 CMB0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT NOTE 1: Meaning of display (TRUNK STATUS DATA) B01>XXX: Y • XXX=Trunk No.: 000-255 • Y =0; No Trunk Make Busy 1; Trunk Make Busy 2; No trunk card • Y =0/1; Normal/Fault=Line status (Broken wire/short circuit) •...
Page 685 CMB1 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to measure traffic data of outgoing/incoming trunk calls and to display the data on CAT or MAT. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: + DE 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA...
Page 686 CMB1 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA NEANING Setting of traffic Setting Start Time for MMDDHHmm MM: Month (01-12) measurement condition Traffic Measurement DD : Day (01-31) HH : Hour (00-23) mm : Minute (00-59) NONE No data...
Page 687 CMB1 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA TRAFFIC MEANING DATA MEANING MEANING DATA Display incoming trunk Trunk No. 000 XXXX Incoming trunk traffic data traffic data (4 digits) X.XXX erl (Ex.) 0125 → 0.125 erl Trunk No. 127 NOTE: The trunk number set by the first data is as follows.
Page 688 CMB1 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA NEANING Setting of traffic mea- Traffic Measurement No Measurement surement for CS/ZT Mode of CS/ZT Hourly Measurement Setting Start Time for MMDDHH MM: Month (01-12) Traffic Measurement DD : Day (01-31) of CS/ZT...
Page 689 CMB1 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA TRAFFIC MEANING DATA MEANING MEANING DATA Display traffic data of CS/ZT No. 000-127 XXXX Traffic data X.XXX erl (Ex.) 1223 → 1.223 erl CS/ZT (4 digits) NOTE 1 NOTE 1: Meaning of the 2nd data is as follows.
Page 690 CMB3 COMMAND CODE TITLE: UCD PEG COUNT FUNCTION: This command allows accumulated traffic data related to the UCD Group to be read from the system. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: • To display DATA ST + + DE (1-8 digits) • To clear individual data TRUNK STATUS + DE DATA...
Page 691 CMB3 COMMAND CODE TITLE: UCD PEG COUNT DATA TABLE: SETTING DATA TRUNK STATUS MEANING DATA MEANING DATA Number of answered calls on UCD sta- UCD Station Number tion CM17 Y=0 XXXXXXXX Number of incoming calls to UCD UCD Group 00 Group UCD Group 15 Number of call waiting calls for prede-...
Page 692 CMB4 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT OF IP NETWORK FUNCTION: This command allows accumulated traffic data for Bandwidth Control between location groups on IP network to be read from the system PEG counter. Data can be cleared after reading. [Series 3100] PRECAUTION: NONE ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:...
Page 693 CMB4 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PEG COUNT OF IP NETWORK DATA TABLE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Number of times that XXZZ XX: Location 00000 Counter data display CM67 traffic exceeded the number of NOTE 1 limit bandwidth group to 49999...
Page 694 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the various profile data for H.323 IP Trunk/SIP Trunk. PRECAUTION: Profile No. for control packet is assigned by CMA7 Y=71. Profile No. for voice packet is assigned by CMBB Y=03. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA...
Page 695 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA SND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Maximum threshold of Profile number CMBB Y=03 (1 % increments) packet discard proba- for voice packet bility for H.323 IP 100 % trunk NONE...
Page 696 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Jitter adjustment inter- Profile number 1 time CMBA Y=16 (1 time increments) val for H.323 IP trunk for voice packet CMBB Y=03 (statistics count for jit- 255 times...
Page 697 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Maximum threshold Profile number CMBA Y=17 (1 % increments) value of early arrival for voice packet CMBB Y=03 packet used for mean- 100 % time adjustment for NONE...
Page 698 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Voice encoding selec- Profile number Programmable List CMA7 Y=71 tion precedence for SIP for control packet Standard Mode 1 CMBA Y=22 trunk Standard Mode 2...
Page 699 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Payload size for H.323 Profile number 20 ms. CMA7 Y=71 IP trunk/SIP trunk for control packet 30 ms. CMBB Y=03 40 ms.
Page 700 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING SIP Trunk When PN-8IPTA card is used. MAXIMUM VOICE CHANNELS PER IPT PAYLOAD SIZE G.711 20 ms. 30 ms. 40 ms. When PN-8IPTA and PZ-24IPLA cards are used. MAXIMUM VOICE CHANNELS PER IPT PAYLOAD SIZE G.711...
Page 701 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Query a DNS server to Profile number Provide CMA7 Y=71 get the IP Address for control packet Not provided CMBA Y=30 [Series 3600] NOTE 1:...
Page 702 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING E.164 Address assign- Profile number E.164 Address CMA7 Y=71 ment for control packet (Maximum 24 digits) CMBA Y=44 X...X X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) IPT INITIAL NONE...
Page 703 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Q.931 signaling bearer Profile number Speech CMA7 Y=71 →Unrestricted digi- information sending for control packet value tal information 3.1 kHz audio IPT INITIAL →Unrestricted digi- tal information...
Page 704 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING E.164 Address (Change Profile number Provide E.164 CM12 Y=12, the calling number to for control packet Address E.164 Address) Provide E.164 CMA7 Y=71 Address when the...
Page 705 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING H.323 ID assignment Profile number Character CMA7 Y=71 with character for control packet (Maximum 24 charac- ters) IPT INITIAL X...X X: A-Z, 0-9 NONE...
Page 706 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING H.323 ID assignment Profile number XXX...X Character Code CM77 Y=0 with character code 2 for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMA7 Y=71 ters fixed) CMBA Y=46...
Page 707 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA Y=50-99 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Gateway Prefix assign- Profile number XXX...X Character Code CM77 Y=0 ment with character for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMA7 Y=71 code 2 ters fixed)
Page 708 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of SIP trunk Profile number SIP-URL + tel-URL CMA7 Y=71 identity header for control packet SIP-URL [Series 3600] tel-URL SIP-URL + tel-URL only when the calling...
Page 709 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of SIP trunk Profile number 1 second CMA7 Y=71 registration expiry time for control packet CMBA Y=70 to the SIP server 4294967294 4294967294 seconds [Series 3600]...
Page 710 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Authentica- Profile number XXX...X User name CMA7 Y=71 tion user name when for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=72, registering to/sending ters fixed)
Page 711 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Authentica- Profile number XXX...X Password CMA7 Y=71 tion password when for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=74, registering to/sending ters fixed)
Page 712 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of SIP trunk Profile number XXX...X Domain name CMA7 Y=71 domain name for SIP- for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA URI with character ters fixed)
Page 713 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Identity header of SIP Profile number P-Asserted-Identity CMA7 Y=71 Trunk for control packet P-Preferred-Identity [Series 3600] Session Timer setting 1 second CMA7 Y=71 [Series 3600]...
Page 714 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of the display Profile number Display name: CMA7 Y=71 name/user name for for control packet SIP AoR User CMBA From Header Description following...
Page 715 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Confirmation of the Profile number XXX...X Domain name CMA7 Y=71 Fully Qualified for control packet (Maximum 32 digits) CMBA Domain Name NONE No data...
Page 716 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of the Fully Profile number XXX...X Domain name CMA7 Y=71 Qualified Domain for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=93, Name (FQDN) for SIP ters fixed)
Page 717 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Error response code Profile number 480 Temporarily CMA7 Y=71 when the system for control packet Unavailable receives the incoming 486 Busy Here call, but all SIP trunks 503 Service Unavail-...
Page 718 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA Y=100-137 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Authentica- Profile number XXX...X User name CMA7 Y=71 tion user name when for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=72, registering to/sending ters fixed)
Page 719 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Setting of Authentica- Profile number XXX...X Password CMA7 Y=71 tion password when for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=74, registering to/sending ters fixed)
Page 720 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Perform registration Profile number To provide CMA7 Y=71 periodically when also for control packet Not provided receiving “subscriber error” or “authentica- tion error”...
Page 721 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Send provisional Profile number Not sent CMA7 Y=71 responses with reliabil- for control packet To send ity (100rel) when receiving [Series 3600] Addition of “+”...
Page 722 ID. When the second data is set to 3, if there is no display name field, the caller ID is not informed. Example 1: When the display name for From header and the user name are same number From: “1000” Second data 0 : 1000 Second data 3 : 1000 Example 2: When the display name for From header and the user name are different number From: “1234”...
Page 723 DATA MEANING Example 3: When the display name for From header is number and the user name is character From: “1000” Second data 0 : 1000 Second data 3 : 1000 Example 4: When the display name for From header is character and the user name is number From: “Bob”...
Page 724 CMBA COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP PROFILE DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Alternative Routing by Profile number To provide Station Hunting- for control packet Not provided Circular Accepted [Series 3800] Not accepted Session Timer See the table below.
Page 725 CMBB COMMAND CODE TITLE: H.323/SIP IP TRUNK DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the voice channel data for H.323 IP Trunk. PRECAUTION: VIPT No. is assigned by CM06 Y=17. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: VIPT No. DATA + DE BBYY (00-07) (1-3 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data...
Page 726 CMBC COMMAND CODE TITLE: WLAN DATA ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the WLAN data. [Series 3600] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE BCYY (3/5 digits) (1-32 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA...
Page 727 CMBC COMMAND CODE TITLE: WLAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Whether the authentica- SIP server ID Restricted tion for each call is Allowed allowed NOTE 1 NOTE 2 Domain name for Domain name number XXX...X Domain name (Maxi-...
Page 728 CMBC COMMAND CODE TITLE: WLAN DATA ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Domain name for Domain name number XXX...X Domain name WLAN station assign- assigned by CM1D Y=30 (Maximum 24 digits: ment with character 12 characters) code (First 12 charac- Character Code...
Page 729 CMBC COMMAND CODE TITLE: WLAN DATA ASSIGNMENT NOTE 1: Maximum 64 domain names can be registered per system. NOTE 2: When the domain name is shorter than 24 digits, pad the blank digit positions with FF so as to ensure the domain name length is 24 digits. NOTE 3: When the domain name is shorter than 16 digits, pad the blank digit positions with FF so as to ensure the domain name length is 16 digits.
Page 730 CMD6 COMMAND CODE TITLE: FLF MEMORY CLEAR FUNCTION: This command is used to clear the FLF memory. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA + DE (4 digits) DATA TABLE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION DATA FUNCTION 0000 Clear all FLF memory Clear [Series 3300] –...
Page 731 CMD7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OAI CONTROL DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the data to control the OAI facility. PRECAUTION: When you need to assign the port number of the PBX for OAI, on your computer, assign the number “1024/1025/1039/60030”.
Page 732 CMD7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OAI CONTROL DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Multi-Connection Message number 1000 Digital Announcement Trunk Announcement service (Fixed) (Fixed) card number for MSF NONE No data Waiting timer for RR sig- Setting Timer 8 seconds nal after starting up MSF/...
Page 733 CMD7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OAI CONTROL DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING term Chime from D when F1032 OAI Function Key No. 0 Not sent receiving RR signal of To send MSF/TMF F1047 OAI Function Key No.
Page 734 CMDB COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the calling number development data for CALLER ID. PRECAUTION: Clearing all data in memory for calling number development (CMDB Y=90) is necessary before assign- ing the calling number development data by CMDB and CMDC. The development data by CMDB and CMDC are assigned toward the first CIR card (PN-4RSTC), which has been assigned a minimum AP number.
Page 735 CMDB COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT DATA : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Ringing Tone 0-1499 Calling Number Depends on CM35 Y=33 Development Table Not used No. assigned by Internal Ringing Tone CMDC External Ringing Tone Calling Number/ Calling Number Display...
Page 736 CMDB COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT DATA 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Caller ID Receiver 0000 – Clear Memory All Clear NOTE: Before clearing the data, set the SW1-1 to SW1-4 on the Caller ID Receiver 0001 CALLER ID Receiver Trunk Memory Clear for...
Page 737 CMDC COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALLING NUMBER DEVELOPMENT TABLE FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the calling number development table number for CALLER ID, to each calling number. PRECAUTION: Clearing all data in memory for calling number development (CMDB Y=90) is necessary before assign- ing the calling number development data by CMDB and CMDC.
Page 738 CME0 COMMAND CODE TITLE: INITIALIZATION/CHANGEOVER OF BACKUP CPU SYSTEM FUNCTION: This command allows the maintenance personnel to reset the system with the CAT. PRECAUTION: If the setting data (Month, Day and Time) is different from the current time of the system clock set by CM02, any request to initialize the system is not accepted and “DATA ERROR”...
Page 739 CME1 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP MEMORY CHECK SUM DISPLAY FUNCTION: This command is used to display Check Sum data on MP memory. This is only for maintenance. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: • To display MEMORY AREA No. ST + + DE (01-11) Check Sum Data: 0000-FFFF is displayed.
Page 740 CME3 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CENTRALIZED MAT DATA FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the data for Centralized MAT. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA E3YY + DE (4/5 digits) (5 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND...
Page 741 CME4 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION SERVICE STATUS DISPLAY FUNCTION: This command is used for readout the station service status. [Series 3700 R12.2] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: STATION NUMBER ST + E4YY + DE (1-8 digits) DATA TABLE: READOUT DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA...
Page 742 CME4 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION SERVICE STATUS DISPLAY READOUT DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Readout service status abcdefgh g: Logout/Call Forwarding-PS out of cell (zone) A for each station 0 : Not set 1 : Set h: Do Not Disturb 0 : Not set DND per station 1 : Set DND per station only E: Readout error...
Page 743 CME4 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION SERVICE STATUS DISPLAY READOUT DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING Readout service status ijklmnop n: ACD/UCD Busy Out CM17 B for each station 0 : Not set (with station number registration included in Y=0, 2 ACD/UCD group by CM17 Y=0/with ACD/UCD group number by CM17 Y=2) 1 : Set...
Page 744 CME5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY FUNCTION: This command is used to make busy any station or trunk in the software. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: STATION/TRUNK DATA + DE NUMBER (1 digit) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data STATION/TRUNK NUMBER SETTING DATA REMARKS...
Page 745 CME5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY NOTE 1: For a station that is made busy, call termination to the station is restricted, but call origina- tion is available. term For extension lines on a D , My Line and Multiline make busy can be set individually, with the same condition as mentioned above.
Page 746 CME6 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL FORWARDING SET/RESET FROM MAT/CAT FUNCTION: This command is used to set/reset Call Forwarding service to each station from a MAT/CAT. PRECAUTION: CME6 can be used for any station irrespective of its state. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: STATION No. DESTINATION No.
Page 747 CME6 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL FORWARDING SET/RESET FROM MAT/CAT : Initial Data MEANING DESTINATION Call Forwarding-PS/WLAN Termi- • Destination=Extension; nal Out of Cell (Zone) X-XXXXXXXX: Station No. (1-8 digits) [Series 3100] • Destination=Outside party; term Call Forwarding-Logout (D X-XXXX + + YY...YY [Series 3100] X-XXXX: Outgoing Trunk Access Code (1-4 digits)
Page 748 CME7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PASSWORD LEVEL FUNCTION: This command is used to specify the accessible commands for each Password Level. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: COMMAND CODE DATA E7YY + DE (1-2 digits) (1-3 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data COMMAND CODE SETTING DATA PASSWORD LEVEL Password Level 0-6...
Page 749 CME9 COMMAND CODE TITLE: PASSWORD FUNCTION: This command is used to define the Password of each Password Level and the availability of Password Service. PRECAUTION: When programming a Password, the Password for Password Level 7 must be set. If no Password of Password Level 7 is set, the programming of Password Service provision (CME9>9) is restricted with the message “CODE NOT USED”.
Page 750 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS FUNCTION: This command is used for fault maintenance of the PBX. The functions of this command are outlined below: • Storing fault information into the Fault Store Memory upon occurrence of a fault. •...
Page 751 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CM08>450, 451 Fault information Fault Kind: Occurrence External Alarm Kind store into memory, 0: Fault Memory System Initialization and control of store/No output of CM42>01, 50...
Page 752 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CM08>450, 451 Fault information Fault Kind: Occurrence External Alarm Kind store into memory, 0: Fault Memory Traffic of IP network exceeded and control of store/No output of CM42>01, 50...
Page 753 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CM08>450, 451 Fault information Fault Kind: Restoration External Alarm Kind store into memory, 0: Fault Memory FP/AP card returned to normal and control of store/No output of CM42>01, 50...
Page 754 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING CM08>450, 451 Fault information Fault Kind: Restoration External Alarm Kind store into memory, 0: Fault Memory Traffic of IP network returned to and control of store/No output of CM42>01, 50...
Page 755 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Sending fault infor- MJ Alarm* Send CMEA Y=2 mation by alarm MN Alarm* Not sent kind automatically – – Alarm* to 2400 IPX MAT/ *: External Alarm Kind set by CMEA RMAT/Centralized...
Page 756 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Fault log/Call log Output destination for the fault RS port of MP CM40 Y=00 collection on VoIP logs/call logs NOTE 11 Not output call...
Page 757 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS NOTE 1: Even if the external alarm is set as MN or MJ alarm for system initialized (1st data=01), no alarm is output in the case of Power On, Reset key operated, initialization from the MAT/CAT, and initialization by MP SW3 switch selection.
Page 758 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS NOTE 6: Confirm the following fault information, when you check Remote Site operations by survival mode as fault information from MAT/CAT in Remote PIM over IP. 01: System Initialization 42: Communication error occurrence between Main Site and Remote Site 52: Communication error restoration between Main Site and Remote Site When Remote Site starts the survival mode operation, the fault information “Initialize by CAT or MAT”...
Page 759 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS NOTE 9: The External Alarm Kind for “Number of lockout stations was less than predetermined number” is fixed to No Alarm. In the case of this office data, even if the 2nd data is set to 0/ 1/2/3, it simply means that the fault information is to be registered into Fault Memory.
Page 760 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Fault Information Display After the following operation: ST + EA0 + DE 00 + DE The first screen displays on the MAT/CAT. The fault information is separated into four separate parts, and displayed on four screens. An example of fault information display is provided below: 1st Screen 2nd Screen 2 : 93/3/20...
Page 761 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 1: Fault Kind No./Restoration Kind No. (Continued) FAULT KIND NUMBER FAULT CONTENT CCH link connection failure [Series 3300 software required] CCH/IPT link connection failure Number of faulty trunks was more than predetermined number [Australia Only] Number of lookout stations was more than predetermined number DLC card down...
Page 762 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 1: Fault Kind No./Restoration Kind No. (Continued) RESTORATION RESTORATION CONTENT KIND NUMBER Key FD Activation (Center Activation) FP/AP card returned to normal condition Power failure returned to normal condition DTI line returned to normal condition DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection returned to normal condition CCH link connection returned to normal condition CCH/IPT link connection returned to normal condition...
Page 763 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 2: External Alarm Kind (MJ/MN/– –) Use of External Alarm Kind-Minor (MN), Major (MJ) or external alarm is not provided (– –) can be programmed by CMEA Y=2. The following table shows the standard data set by the 2nd data=3 of CMEA Y=2. FAULT KIND CONTENT ALARM KIND...
Page 764 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 2: External Alarm Kind (MJ/MN/– –) (Continued) FAULT KIND CONTENT ALARM KIND (1ST) DTI line returned to normal condition – – DCH/BRT/PRT D-channel link connection returned to normal condition – – CCH link connection returned to normal condition CCH/IPT link connection returned to normal condition –...
Page 765 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 3: CPU Kind and FP/AP number for which a fault was detected INDICATION MEANING MP 00 FP 00-63 FP Number 00-63 AP 04-15, 20-31 AP Number 04-15, 20-31 4: Date and Time of Fault Occurrence and Restoration Continued on next page –...
Page 766 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 5-12: Fault Information/Fault Restoration Information FAULT KIND NUMBER Initial System Initialization information Kind, etc. Communi- No. of FP/AP No. cation Fail- communi- ure Kind cation fail- ures FP/AP No. Power Fail- Power Fail- Power Fail- ure Kind 1 ure Kind 2...
Page 767 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 5-12: Fault Information/Fault Restoration Information (Continued) FAULT KIND NUMBER DLC Fail- Station No. ure Kind Memory Overflow Kind Kind Fault Kind AP No. CS/ZT No. Terminal Fault No. of No. of Par- No.
Page 768 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 5-12: Fault Information/Fault Restoration Information (Continued) FAULT KIND NUMBER Component Component Reset Reset Time Reset Time Reset Time Reset Time Reset Time Kind factor (Month) (Date) (Hour) (Minute) (Second) Trunk No. Connection Connected Terminal Information Status Trunk No.
Page 769 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 5-12: Fault Information/Fault Restoration Information (Continued) FAULT KIND NUMBER Fault Kind AP No. CT/ZT No. Kind of Wireless Synchroni- zation Terminal Fault Channel Sending Receiving Restora- No. (sc-id) Message Message Kind, Ter- tion Con- minal No.
Page 770 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Initial Kind (Upper digit) 1: Program address information 2: Receive command information F: No system initialization information Initial Kind (Lower digit) 0 : Power On Initialize 1 : Initialize by Reset Button (SW1) 2 : Serious failure 1 3 : Serious failure 2 4 : Not Used...
Page 771 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS FP/AP Number [Series 3200 R6.1 or before] [Series 3200 R6.2] [Series 3300 or later] C0-C3 : FP No. 00-03 C0-CF: FP No. 00-15 C0-CF : FP No. 00-15 D0-D3 : FP No. 16-19 D0-DF: FP No.
Page 772 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 04-15, 20-31: AP No. of CSH 000-255: CS/ZT No. Check Item 00: Battery check 01-07: Check item No. 1-No. 7 Power Failure Restoration Kind 00 : AC input failure 01 : Fuse break 02 : PWR alarm Fault Kind Detail 00 : PCM loss...
Page 773 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS D-channel circuit No. 00-07: D-channel No. 0-7 CCH/IPT No. 00-07: CCH/IPT No. 0-7 DLC Failure Kind 00 : Terminal was cut off 02 : Short circuit was made on the line (for 4DLC) 03 : Ring wire was grounded (for 4DLC) 04 : Tip wire was grounded or terminal was unconnected (for 4DLC) 05 : Terminal failure (for 4DLC)
Page 774 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Overflow Kind When setting CMD000>126: 0/CMDD00>126: 0 00 : Memory accumulation exceeds the value set by CMD001>229/CMDD01>229 or CMD003>26-30/CMDD02>0-2 01 : Memory overflowed When setting CMD000>126: 1/CMDD00>126: 1 01 : Memory accumulation exceeds the value set by CMD001>229/CMDD01>229 or CMD003>26-30/CMDD02>0-2 For memory Kind 04, regardless of CMD000>126/CMDD00>126 01 : Memory accumulation exceeds the value set by CMD001>229/CMDD01>229 or...
Page 775 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS [Series 3600] Kind of Wireless Synchronization 00 : Master IP-CS 01 : Submaster IP-CS 02 : Slave IP-CS Terminal Kind 0: SMDR 2: PMS 3: OAI [Series 3600] Terminal No. No. of 0-F allocated to each Terminal Kind NOTE: The Kind of Wireless Synchronization of TDSW-CS/ZT cannot be displayed.
Page 776 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS NOTE 1, NOTE 3 Fault Content/Fault Restoration Content No. of Sending Same Data (00-FF) NOTE 2 No. of Parity Error Detection (00-FF) NOTE 2 NOTE 2 No. of NAK Reception (00-FF) NOTE 2 No.
Page 777 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 00-63: Location No. 00000-49999: No. of times that traffic exceeded the limit bandwidth 00000-49999: No. of times that traffic exceeded the warning bandwidth 01-30: Remote Site No. File Type 00: MP program file Executed operation 00: Download 01: Changeover...
Page 778 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Error detail 0001H : (ERR_ETHERNET) Kasago TCP/IP initialization error: TCP 0002H : (ERR_INTERFACE) Kasago TCP/IP interface error: Not used 0003H : (ERR_MALLOC) No empty area of memory: Service initialization 0004H : (ERR_ALREADYOPEN) Already opened: OPEN 0005H : (ERR_NOACCEPT) Nonconnection (TCP only): Transmission request 0006H : (ERR_NOOPEN) Nonopening: Transmission request 0007H : (ERR_NODATA) Type error: ACK_NACK...
Page 779 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 00ABH: (TM_EPROTONOSUPPORT) Protocol not supported 00ADH: (TM_EOPNOTSUPP) Operation not supported 00AEH : (TM_EPFNOSUPPORT) Protocol family not supported 00B0H : (TM_EADDRINUSE) Address already in use 00B1H : (TM_EADDRNOTAVAIL) Cannot assign requested address 00B2H : (TM_ENETDOWN) Network is down 00B7H : (TM_ENOBUFS) No buffer space available 00B8H : (TM_EISCONN) Socket is already connected 00B9H : (TM_ENOTCONN) Socket is not connected...
Page 780 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 2169H : (TM_FTP_FILENAME) Requested action not taken: file name not allowed 8001H : Memory Size error 8002H : PDL Header error 8003H : PDL record checksum error 8004H : PDL LM1 record compression development error 8005H : PDL LM1 record checksum error 8006H : PDL LM address error 8007H : Last record was not received...
Page 781 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Component Kind Component No. See table below. Reset Factor Component Kind Component No. Reset Factor term 85 (Series i) 000-063 Virtual PIM Port Self Reset: Before the registration/ (IP Bundled Type/ number Before DRS01 (required IP Adapter Type)/ an initial setting)
Page 782 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Component Kind Component No. Reset Factor IP-PAD NOTE 00-31 LAN interface num- COP Reset IP-PAD Initial (Make Busy ON/OFF for IP-PAD card) FP Initial (an initializing of FP mounting IP-PAD) FP Initial (an initializing of FP mounting IP-PAD) IP-CS NOTE...
Page 783 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS NOTE: Terminals/cards and available firmware versions that enable to store/display fault informa- tion are as follows. Available: × Terminals/Cards Firmware Version Not available: – term × Terminals 85 (Series i) (IP Adapter Type) Ver.
Page 784 CMEA COMMAND CODE TITLE: FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Reset Time 01-12: Month 01-30: Date 01-24: Hour 00-59: Minute 00-59: Second Trunk No. (000-511): 00 80 (Trunk No. 000) - FF81 (Trunk No. 511) [Hexadecimal display] Although Trunk No. is displayed by hexadecimal (XX 8X), information-1 (XX) implies lower 2 digits of the Trunk No., and lower X of information-2 (8X) implies first digit of the Trunk No.
Page 785 CMEC COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAINTENANCE BY MAT/CAT FUNCTION: This command is used for maintenance of the PBX. The functions of this command are outlined below: • Battery release term • Line status display for single line telephone or D • VMS Soft Key data download •...
Page 786 CMEC COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAINTENANCE BY MAT/CAT DATA TABLE: Battery Release/Line Status Display : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Battery release – Battery released Normal operating Line status Single Line Station – –...
Page 787 CMEC COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAINTENANCE BY MAT/CAT (c) Hardware Test term term INDICATION STATUS OF SINGLE LINE TEL. STATUS OF D STATUS OF D Terminal is not connected Terminal is not connected or Terminal is not connected tip wire is grounded Terminal is connected Terminal is connected Terminal is connected...
Page 788 CMEC COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAINTENANCE BY MAT/CAT VMS Soft Key Data Download 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING VMS Soft Key data VMS Station No. Download the VMS download from Soft Key data XXXXXXXX Return to the condi- tion before the data is downloaded VMS Soft Key data...
Page 789 CMEC COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAINTENANCE BY MAT/CAT Office Data Copy for Backup CPU System [Series 3200 R6.1 (R6.1)] : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Manual office data All office data copy Start to copy CM43 Y=4 copy for Backup from active MP to...
Page 790 CMEC COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAINTENANCE BY MAT/CAT Office Data Copy [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)] : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED COMMAND MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Office data copy All Remote site Start to copy office CM43 Y=7 from the Main site Remote site No.
Page 791 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MP MEMORY DUMP F0, F1 MP MEMORY READ/WRITE FUNCTION: These commands are used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE these commands without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: CMF0: MP Memory Dump ZXXXXXXXX ST + + DE...
Page 792 COMMAND CODE TITLE: FP MEMORY DUMP F2, F3 FP MEMORY READ/WRITE FUNCTION: These commands are used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE these commands without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: CMF2: FP Memory Dump YYXXXXX ST + + DE...
Page 793 CMF5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ FUNCTION: This command is used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: ST + + DE 1ST DATA DATA TABLE: READOUT DATA...
Page 794 CMF5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ READOUT DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS (STATUS INFORMATION) Single Line station/Virtual Line LEN: station number (1-8 digits) PIM number (0-7) + XXXXXXXX X=0-9, A (*), B (#) Port number (00-63) term number LEN: represents My Line number PIM number (0-7) +...
Page 795 CMF5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ READOUT DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS (STATUS INFORMATION) 0000 YY + XXXXXXXX + term YY: 00=LEN (D /Single Line FFFF station) 01=VEN (Virtual Line sta- term tion/D 05=ILEN (ISDN station) XXXXXXXX: Single Line sta- tion/Virtual Line station number (1-8 digits) X=0-...
Page 796 CMF5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ READOUT DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS (STATUS INFORMATION) Single Line station/Virtual Line Service feature memory dump station number (1-8 digits) data of station/trunk XXXXXXXX X=0-9, A (*), B (#) term number FXXXXXXXX represent My Line number EFX + ISDN Line station number...
Page 797 CMF5 COMMAND CODE TITLE: LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ READOUT DATA 1ST DATA REMARKS (STATUS INFORMATION) PS Line station number Optional memory dump data of station/trunk EEXXXXXXXX EFX + ISDN Line station number EFXXXXXXXX + B channel number (0/1) D000 Trunk number D255...
Page 798 CMF6 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ONLINE MP-FP COMMAND OUTPUT FUNCTION: This command is used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE (2 digits) (1-8 digits)
Page 799 CMF6 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ONLINE MP-FP COMMAND OUTPUT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP-FP command out- Whether to insert a line feed Inserted after each command put setting or not Not inserted after each com- mand NOTE: When executing command output in online mode (SW3 of MP card...
Page 800 CMF6 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ONLINE MP-FP COMMAND OUTPUT 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP-FP command out- Specification of particular XXX ZZ XXX: Byte location of com- put setting data for command code of mand data (000-254) CMF6 Y=2>00 ZZ : Byte Data (00-FF) [Series 3700 R12.2 or...
Page 801 CMF6 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ONLINE MP-FP COMMAND OUTPUT 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP-FP command out- Specification of particular XXX ZZ XXX: Byte location of com- put setting data for command code of mand data (000-254) CMF6 Y=2>12 ZZ : Byte Data (00-FF) [Series 3700 R12.2 or...
Page 802 CMF7 COMMAND CODE TITLE: FP/AP HIGHWAY CHANNEL MEMORY READ FUNCTION: This command is used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA ST + + DE + DE (1-4 digits)
Page 803 SERIAL No./ID CODE/PROGRAM REVISION READ FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the ID code to protect a copy of the Key FD and to read a program re- vision. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. PRECAUTION: None...
Page 804 CMF8 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SERIAL No./ID CODE/PROGRAM REVISION READ 1ST DATA 2ND DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING MP/AP Program XX01 XX XX 4353 Start Code (Fixed Code) Revision Read D0-DF: LAN Interface No. 00-15 of IP-PAD/SIP card XX02 XXXX SC Number of Program E0-EF : LAN Interface No.16-31 Name of IP-PAD/SIP card...
Page 805 CMFA COMMAND CODE TITLE: term IP APPARATUS INFORMATION FUNCTION: term This command is used to read the apparatus information of D PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA ST + FAYY + DE (1-8 digits) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA INDICATION MEANING DATA...
Page 806 CMFA COMMAND CODE TITLE: term IP APPARATUS INFORMATION 1ST DATA INDICATION MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING Execution of ping 00001000000001 00 + Sending 001000000000: X Sending destination IP address command sending destination IP X: ICMP TYPE (0/3/11/12) [Series 3600] 00255255255254 address 255255255254: X ICMP TYPE used in this feature is as follows.
Page 807 CMFA COMMAND CODE TITLE: term IP APPARATUS INFORMATION 1ST DATA INDICATION MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING • By sending ICMP TYPE=8 (ping request) to the destination terminal, you ask whether the terminal is correctly connected/set or not. • Receiving ICMP TYPE=0 (ping reply) from the destination terminal means that the terminal is correctly con- nected/set.
Page 808 CMFB COMMAND CODE TITLE: REMOTE PROGRAM DOWNLOAD INFORMATION READ FUNCTION: This command is used only for maintenance. DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer. [Series 3700 R12.2] ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA ST + + DE...
Page 809 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR), Call Information Sys- tem (CIS), and Property Management System (PMS) functions. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D000 + DE (1-3 digits)
Page 810 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION In printout of totaled bill for station groups, the station number 0 : YES of the station of which amount of bill is $0.00 are printed. 1 : NO In printout of call record for station groups, the station numbers 0 : YES...
Page 811 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION In printout of long-time call, detailed information of call records 0 : NO is printed out. 1 : YES NOTE: The printout of long-time call is assigned by CMD001>10.
Page 812 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION SMDR service for incoming call 0 : Effective only for incoming calls with Account Code entered 1 : Effective for all incoming calls Add the first fixed digit to the last 4 digits of 5-digit station num- 0 : Not add ber on SMDR output...
Page 813 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 1ST DATA: 100-176 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION In printout of totaled bill/call record, a new page starts on each 0 : NO NOTE 1 Small Group. 1 : YES NOTE 2 In printout of totaled bill/call record, a new page starts on each 0 : NO...
Page 814 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Clear of the call records which have been printed out 0 : Not available NOTE: Effective when CMD000>16: 1 or CMD001>128: 1. 1 : Available Control of External alarm relay (DK) when the accumulation 0 : Relay ON/OFF rate of billing memory exceeds the value set by CMD001>229...
Page 815 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Printing of Do Not Disturb for individual station set/cancel from 0 : Available Front Desk Terminal 1 : Not available Printing of Room Cutoff set/cancel from Front Desk Terminal 0 : Available 1 : Not available Printing of Message Waiting set/cancel from Front Desk Termi-...
Page 816 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 1ST DATA: 208-276 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Check In/Check Out time is printed in the call charge print by 0 : Not available check out operation 1 : Available Room Status is printed in the call charge print by check out oper- 0 : Not available ation...
Page 817 CMD000 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (1) D000 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Storing 5-digit station number in station data base of AP00 mem- 0 : Not stored (5-digit station number is ignored.) NOTE: The first digit number should be pre-fixed and added on 1 : Store the last 4 digits of 5-digit sta- SMDR output.
Page 818 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the interface conditions for the SMDR, CIS printer, PMS functions. PRECAUTION: After setting 1st data 20-35, 80-96, 100, 102-107, 109-116, 120, 122-127, 131-136, 140, 142-147, 149-156, 179, 250, 257, 258, the AP00 card reset is required.
Page 819 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 DATA TABLE: 1ST DATA: 1-98 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Method of charging a transferred call 0 : Split charging to both The following shows which station is charged in the case of various transfer the transfer destination patterns.
Page 820 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION In the printing by the designated printing pattern, the hotel name (company name) is printed at the end of the billing information. 1 : See left column. Station Individual Station Individual Call Record...
Page 821 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Designation of printout operation for Check Out Individual Call Record Individual Totaled Bill 1 : See left column. Interim Audit Interim 2nd Data Audit Print Print Print...
Page 822 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Printout function of Room Status Information, when the Check Out is 0 : Not available set from Front Desk Terminal 1 : Available Room Status Code set by Check In operation 0 : Invalid CHECK IN...
Page 823 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Data Speed for No. 1 Port 0 : Not used 1 : 300 bps AP00 INITIAL 2 : 1200 bps 3 : 2400 bps 4 : 4800 bps Stop Bit Length for No.
Page 824 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Data Speed for No. 3 Port 0 : Not used 1 : 300 bps AP00 INITIAL 2 : 1200 bps 3 : 2400 bps 4 : 4800 bps Stop Bit for No.
Page 825 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION 0 : No break point Setting of 1st Break Point (BP1) and 2nd Break Point (BP2) for sur- charge by K-Method Break point setting position (counting No.) K-Method No.
Page 826 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Equipment connected to No. 0 Port : Not used : Computer 0 AP00 INITIAL : Computer 1 16 : Printer 0 17 : Printer 1 24 : MCI Priority for data processing on No.
Page 827 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Unit Address (UA) of a message transmitted to No. 0 Port : Not used AP00 INITIAL ASCII Code in BCD 255 : 33 : ! Timer for detecting the terminal no answer on No.
Page 828 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is : Not used returned on No. 0 Port 128 ms. increments AP00 INITIAL 255: Delay before resending the text when WABT is returned on No.
Page 829 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 1ST DATA: 100-221 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Equipment connected to No. 1 Port : Not used : Computer 0 AP00 INITIAL : Computer 1 16 : Printer 0 17 : Printer 1 24 : MCI Priority for data processing on No.
Page 830 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Unit Address (UA) of a message transmitted to No. 1 Port : Not used AP00 INITIAL ASCII Code in BCD 255: Timer for detecting the terminal no answer on No. 1 Port : No data AP00 INITIAL 128 ms.
Page 831 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Delay before resending the Selecting Sequence when NAK is : Not used returned on No. 1 Port 128 ms. increments AP00 INITIAL 255: Delay before resending the text when WATB is returned on No.
Page 832 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Number of lines per page on No. 2 Port : No page No. of lines including space (When 2nd data of CMD001>122 is set to 2) within a page (Depends on AP00 INITIAL size of print paper used)
Page 833 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when NAK is : Not used returned in Phase 3 on No. 2 Port : 1 time AP00 INITIAL 255: 255 times Number of times to resend the Selecting Sequence when no answer in...
Page 834 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Message format on No. 3 Port : No data is sent out : Not used AP00 INITIAL : Not used : Not used Number of characters per line to be printed out on No.
Page 835 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Timer for detecting the end of block on No. 3 Port : No data AP00 INITIAL 512 ms. increments 255: Timer for detecting non data communication on No. 3 Port : Not used AP00 INITIAL Not used...
Page 836 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Guard timer between texts on No. 3 Port : 0-128 ms. : 128-256 ms. : 256-384 ms. : 384-512 ms. : 512-640 ms. Mask Data provision for 1st digit of Authorization Code : Not provided : No.
Page 837 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX 2400 IMS Format) : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Data speed 2/3/4/5 1200/2400/ 4800/9600 bps NOTE 1 Stop bit length 0 /1/2...
Page 838 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX 2400 IMS Format) : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting Not used Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting...
Page 839 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX 1400 IMS Format) : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Data speed 2/3/4/5 1200/2400/ 4800/9600 bps NOTE 1 Stop bit length 0 /1/2...
Page 840 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for SMDR (NEAX 1400 IMS Format) : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting Not used Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting...
Page 841 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for Printer : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Data speed 2/3/4 1200/2400/ 4800 bps Stop bit length 2 bits Data length 7 bits Parity...
Page 842 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for Printer : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting Not used Sequence when NAK is returned in Phase 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting Not used Sequence when no answer in Phase 3...
Page 843 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for PMS (IMS Format) : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Data speed 2/3/4/5 1200/2400/ NOTE 1 4800/9600 bps Stop bit length 0 /1/2 1/1.5/2 bits...
Page 844 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for PMS (IMS Format) : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting 15 times Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting 3 seconds...
Page 845 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for VMS with MCI : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Data speed 2/3/4/5 1200/2400/ NOTE 4800/9600 bps Stop bit length 0 /1/2 1/1.5/2 bits Data length...
Page 846 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 Quick Reference Data Table for VMS with MCI : Initial Data 1ST DATA MEANING MEANING DATA PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Number of times to resend the Selecting Not used Sequence when no answer in Phase 3 Delay before resending the Selecting Not used...
Page 847 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Local office or Center office for Centralized Billing-CCIS 0 : Local office 1 : Center office NOTE: Billing memory clear by CMD102 is required. CMD102.
Page 848 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION : No break point Setting of 1st Break Point (BP1) and 2nd Break Point (BP2) for sur- charge by H-Method H-Method No. Break Point setting position (NOTE 2) (counting No.) 255:...
Page 849 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 1ST DATA: 229-256 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Maximum accumulation rate of billing memory for external alarm : 80% output when the rate exceeds assigned value 50-99: 50%-99% NOTE 1: The condition for external alarm is as follows;...
Page 850 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Direction for sending of Centralized Billing information from local 0 : Not Centralized Billing office office (Local office) NOTE 1: Assign 0 for local office. 1 : SMDR Terminal which is set to Assign 1 or 2 for center office.
Page 851 CMD001 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/CIS/PMS FUNCTIONS (2) D001 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Output unit for Direct Data Entry 0 : PMS NOTE: Effective when CMD016>XX24 is set to “1”. 1 : Printer 2 : PMS and Printer Printout format of Direct Data Entry 0 : Printout format 1 1 : Printout format 2...
Page 852 CMD003 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (1)/ D003 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT FUNCTION: This command is used to determine the time block for charging by H-Method, and also used to determine the maximum number of call records. PRECAUTION: The amount of call record number set by CMD003>23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 must not exceed the following number:...
Page 853 CMD003 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (1)/ D003 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION H-Method Number 0 0 -65535: Time Block (second) =0.5 × Setting Data H-Method Number 15 Maximum number of Immediate Printout Call Record for the : Not used Printer which is set to “17”...
Page 854 CMD003 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (1)/ D003 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Limit value of remaining Call Record memory block number to : Not record output external alarm : 1 call NOTE: When the data is set to 1-27000, external alarm of mem-...
Page 855 CMD004 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (1)/OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT D004 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the charging rate per call and the time and day for the daily/monthly report. This command is also used to assign the office number of the calling party and center office for Central- ized Billing.
Page 856 CMD004 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (1)/OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT D004 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION The day of month for automatic totalled bill Interim Printout for DD HH stations (For monthly report) : 00-31 (Day) : 00-23 (Hour) NOTE 1 0000 : No printout...
Page 857 CMD004 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (1)/OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT D004 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION φ Commission for No. 00 K-Method 0 -9999: Charging Rate ( Commission for No. 15 K-Method CMD016>XX04 Commission for No. 00 H-Method Commission for No.
Page 858 CMD012, CMD013, CMD014 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION GROUP NUMBER D012, D013, D014 FUNCTION: CMD012 is used to assign a Group number to each station as the Charging Group. CMD013 and CMD014 are used to divide the Charging Groups into Medium Group or Large Group. By grouping the stations in this way, the sum of the detail and total bills for the stations belonging to each Group can be printed out.
Page 859 CMD012, CMD013, CMD014 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION GROUP NUMBER D012, D013, D014 • CMD014: For assigning Large Group number to each Medium Group number 1ST DATA 2ND DATA REMARKS 200-231: Medium Group number 300-308: Large Group number assigned by CMD013 NOTE: Assign Large Group number 308 to a Medium Group which is not included in a Large Group.
Page 860 CMD015 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION SERVICE CLASSES D015 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the class of service to each station and attendant console. The class func- tions are assigned by CMD016. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D015 + DE (1-4 digits)
Page 861 CMD016 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION FEATURES D016 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the class functions for each class assigned by CMD015. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D016 + DE (4 digits) (0/1) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA (XX: Station Class Number assigned by CMD015) 2ND DATA...
Page 862 CMD016 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION FEATURES D016 : Initial Data 1ST DATA (XX: Station Class Number assigned by CMD015) 2ND DATA DATA MEANING XX13 Accumulation of Call Charge on International Call 0 : YES 1 : NO XX14 Call Recording on International Call 0 : NO 1 : YES XX15...
Page 863 CMD016 COMMAND CODE TITLE: STATION FEATURES D016 : Initial Data 1ST DATA (XX: Station Class Number assigned by CMD015) 2ND DATA DATA MEANING XX31 Send detail information of C.O. outgoing calls through CCIS 0 : Not sent 1 : To send XX32 Send detail information of Tie Line outgoing calls through 0 : Not sent...
Page 864 CMD022 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (1) D022 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Time ID (Day/Night/Midnight) number for the charging by H-Meth- PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D022 + DE (5 digits) (1 digit) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data...
Page 865 CMD023 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME (DAY/NIGHT/MIDNIGHT) NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (2) D023 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Time ID (Day/Night/Midnight) number for the charging by K-Meth- PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D023 + DE (5 digits) (1 digit) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data...
Page 866 CMD024 COMMAND CODE TITLE: TIME BLOCK ASSIGNMENT (2) D024 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Time Block per charging rate and Break Points (BP1, BP2) for sur- charge of the charging by K-Method. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D024 + DE...
Page 867 CMD025 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (2) D025 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the charging rate per Time Block/Metering Pulse and Break Points (BP1, BP2) for surcharge of the charging by H-method or metering pulse. PRECAUTION: This command is not used in North America. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA...
Page 868 CMD025 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CHARGING RATE ASSIGNMENT (2) D025 Charging Rate per Metering Pulse : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION φ 000000 First Charging Rate by Meter Pulse (RT1) 0 -9999: Call charge( ) per meter pulse 001000 Second Charging Rate by Meter Pulse (RT2) 002000...
Page 869 CMD026 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROUTE INDEX FOR CALL CHARGE DEVELOPMENT D026 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a Development Table number for each outgoing trunk route. PRECAUTION: Although actual charging is not determined by the PBX, it is necessary to program this command and CMD027 to get SMDR output.
Page 870 CMD027 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL CHARGE DEVELOPMENT TABLES D027 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the charging method to each dialed digit on the basis of each Develop- ment Table designated by CMD026. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D027 + DE...
Page 871 CMD030 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MESSAGE ASSIGNMENT D030 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Hotel Names (Company Names) of messages to be printed at the end of the billing information. The number of characters that can be assigned is 20 characters per line and the total of 60 characters (3 lines).
Page 872 CMD030 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MESSAGE ASSIGNMENT D030 • Character Assignment Data Charac- Char- Char- Char- Char- Char- Char- DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA acter acter acter acter acter acter (SPACE) > ¥ “ – & ‘ < Example: The following is an example for data assignment for printing “THANK YOU”. T H A N K Y O U •...
Page 873 CMD031 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROOM STATUS CODE D031 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the desired functions for each Room Status Code which is dialed from a guest room or a Front Desk Terminal. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D031 + DE...
Page 874 CMD031 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROOM STATUS CODE D031 Example: The table below shows the examples of functions by this command. FUNCTION NUMBER ROOM STATUS CODE Check In (NOTE) Check Out (NOTE) Under Cleaning Cleaning Finished Check Finished Out of Service NOTE: The Room Status Codes for Check In and Check Out are to be assigned by CMD001>12 and –...
Page 875 CMD033 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROUTE INDEX FOR CALL DEVELOPMENT D033 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a Type of Call Development Table for each outgoing trunk route. PRECAUTION: This command and CMD034 must be assigned to get SMDR output. ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA...
Page 876 CMD034 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL DEVELOPMENT TABLES D034 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign a type of call to the dialed digits on each Type of Call Development Table number assigned by CMD033. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D034 + DE...
Page 877 CMD034 COMMAND CODE TITLE: CALL DEVELOPMENT TABLES D034 Example: Call Development Tables are assigned according to the following table. CMD033 CMD034 ROUTE 0 ISD Call (000) ACCESS CODE=0 Toll Call (01-09) Table Table Local Call (2-9) CMD034 DIGIT TYPE OF CALL In No.
Page 878 CMD035 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DESIGNATION OF PRINTER D035 FUNCTION: This command is used to designate the printer for printout by key operation at each Front Desk Terminal. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA D035 + DE (1-4 digits) (0/1) DATA TABLE: : Initial Data...
Page 879 CMD100 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA PARTIAL CLEAR FOR D100 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-B WITH AP00 PROGRAM FUNCTION: This command is used to clear the data related only to the designated Command Code among the system data for billing and to assign “0” as the data when using PN-AP00-B with AP00 program. PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:...
Page 880 CMD101 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA ALL CLEAR FOR D101 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-B WITH AP00 PROGRAM FUNCTION: This command is used to clear all the system data for billing and to load the initial data when using PN- AP00-B with AP00 program.
Page 881 CMD101 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA ALL CLEAR FOR D101 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-B WITH AP00 PROGRAM Following initial data are loaded. COMMAND MEANING MEANING DATA DATA CMD000 Language of the messages to be English printed out CMD000 Monetary unit of the bill to be dis- $ (¢) (XXXX.
Page 882 CMD101 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA ALL CLEAR FOR D101 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-B WITH AP00 PROGRAM ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: + DE D101 0000 – 858 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3009.fm...
Page 883 CMD102 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING MEMORY CLEAR FOR PN-AP00-B WITH D102 AP OFF LINE AP00 PROGRAM FUNCTION: This command is used to clear the memory for billing and to load the assigned data for call record when using PN-AP00-B with AP00 program. PRECAUTION: After billing system data all clear is executed by CMD101, assign the system data in the following order.
Page 884 CMD102 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING MEMORY CLEAR FOR PN-AP00-B WITH D102 AP OFF LINE AP00 PROGRAM “DATA ERROR” is indicated when CMD102>000: CCC is entered in the following cases. • The sum of all call records numbers set by CMD003>23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 exceeds the amount of call records number mentioned in NOTE below.
Page 885 CMDD00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR FUNCTIONS (1)/DO NOT DISTURB GROUP SET/CANCEL DD00 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) functions and Do not disturb group set/cancel when using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:...
Page 886 CMDD00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR FUNCTIONS (1)/DO NOT DISTURB GROUP SET/CANCEL DD00 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Action when the memory in local office of Centralized Billing- 0 : New data is stored by deleting the CCIS for SMDR has overflowed oldest data 1 : No new data is stored...
Page 887 CMDD00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR FUNCTIONS (1)/DO NOT DISTURB GROUP SET/CANCEL DD00 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Whether the printing of Automatic Wake Up set/cancel from a 0 : Available individual station 1 : Not available [Series 3600] Whether the printing of Automatic Wake Up for a individual sta- 0 : Available...
Page 888 CMDD00 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR FUNCTIONS (1)/DO NOT DISTURB GROUP SET/CANCEL DD00 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Whether account code is sent in the Authorization Code Area of 0 : Not sent Call Record for tandem calls 1 : To send Whether the access code is added in Call Record 0 : Not added...
Page 889 CMDD01 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/MCI/PRINTER FOR PMS FUNCTIONS DD01 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR), Message Center Inter- face (MCI) and Property Management System (PMS) functions when using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:...
Page 890 CMDD01 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/MCI/PRINTER FOR PMS FUNCTIONS DD01 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Room Status Code set by Check Out operation 0 : Not used [Series 3900] Room Status Code Room Status Code when pressing Call Recording Function 0 : Not used Button [Series 3900]...
Page 891 CMDD01 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR/MCI/PRINTER FOR PMS FUNCTIONS DD01 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Maximum accumulation rate of billing memory for external 50-99: 50%-99% alarm output when the rate exceeds assigned value : 80% NOTE 1: The condition for external alarm is as follows;...
Page 892 CMDD02 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT DD02 FUNCTION: This command is used to determine the maximum number of call records when using PN-AP00-B/PN- AP00-D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: (1) The amount of call record number set by CMDD02>0, 1, 2 must not exceed the following number. Amount of Call Records number of CMDD02 1ST data 0, 1, 2 EXPMEM on AP00 (PN-AP00-B)/ No EXPMEM on AP00 (PN-AP00-B) is provided...
Page 893 CMDD02 COMMAND CODE TITLE: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CALL RECORD ASSIGNMENT DD02 DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Maximum number of Call Record sent to SMDR terminal 0 : Not record PRECAUTION (1), PRECAUTION (2). : 1 call 23580: 23580 calls NOTE 1: When the data is set to 1-23580, external alarm of memory overflow is available, if CM44 2nd...
Page 894 CMDD03 COMMAND CODE TITLE: OFFICE NUMBER ASSIGNMENT DD03 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the office number of calling party/center office for Centralized Billing- CCIS when using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE DD03...
Page 895 CMDD04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR FUNCTIONS (2) DD04 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) functions when using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE DD04 (4 digits) (0/1)
Page 896 CMDD04 COMMAND CODE TITLE: SMDR FUNCTIONS (2) DD04 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION XX06 Send detail information of C.O./Tie Line incoming calls to 0 : Not sent SMDR terminal 0 1 : To send XX: Service Class No. assigned by CM12 Y=45/CM60 Y=32 XX07 Send detail information of C.O./Tie Line incoming calls to 0 : Not sent...
Page 897 CMDD10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP00 INITIAL INTERFACE CONDITION FOR AP00 RS PORT DD10 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the interface conditions of the RS port for SMDR with NEAX 2400 IMS Format/MCI when using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: Initial data of CMDD10 is based on CMDD01>100-103.
Page 898 CMDD10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP00 INITIAL INTERFACE CONDITION FOR AP00 RS PORT DD10 DATA TABLE: : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Equipment Type for Port 0-3 For SMDR X: Port 0-3 (0-3) for SMDR 1 : SMDR terminal 0 X: Port 1/3 (1/3) for printer for PMS 2 : SMDR terminal 1 For printer for PMS...
Page 899 CMDD10 COMMAND CODE TITLE: AP00 INITIAL INTERFACE CONDITION FOR AP00 RS PORT DD10 : Initial Data 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Data Length for Port 0-3 For SMDR/printer for PMS X: Port 0-3 (0-3) for SMDR 0 : 7 bit X: Port 1/3 (1/3) for printer for PMS 1 : 8 bit For MCI...
Page 900 CMDD20, CMDD21, CMDD22 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DO NOT DISTURB GROUP SET/CANCEL ASSIGNMENT DD20,DD21,DD22 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the Do Not Disturb group set/cancel when using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00- D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE DD20...
Page 901 CMDD20, CMDD21, CMDD22 COMMAND CODE TITLE: DO NOT DISTURB GROUP SET/CANCEL ASSIGNMENT DD20,DD21,DD22 • CMDD21 1ST DATA 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Timing of Do Not Disturb group set/cancel for 0-3: Time Table No. 0-3 of CMDD22 each day of the week Initial data of CMDD21>1-7 is as follows X: 1-7 1 : Sunday...
Page 902 CMDD31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROOM STATUS CODE DD31 FUNCTION: This command is used to assign the functions for each Room Status Code which is dialed from a guest room or a Front Desk Terminal. [Series 3900] PRECAUTION: None ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: 1ST DATA 2ND DATA + DE...
Page 903 CMDD31 COMMAND CODE TITLE: ROOM STATUS CODE DD31 : Initial Data 1ST DATA (X: ROOM STATUS CODE 1-8) 2ND DATA DATA FUNCTION Automatic change of Trunk Restriction Class 0 : Not available 1 : Unrestricted (RCA) 2 : Non-Restricted 1 (RCB) 3 : Non-Restricted 2 (RCC) 4 : Semi-Restricted 1 (RCD) 5 : Semi-Restricted 2 (RCE)
Page 904 CMDD98 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING MEMORY CLEAR FOR PN-AP00-B/ DD98 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-D WITH MRCA PROGRAM FUNCTION: This command is used to clear the memory for billing and to load the assigned data for call record when using PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program. [Series 3300] PRECAUTION: After billing system data all clear is executed by CMDD99, assign the system data in the following...
Page 905 CMDD98 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING MEMORY CLEAR FOR PN-AP00-B/ DD98 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-D WITH MRCA PROGRAM “DATA ERROR” is indicated when CMDD98>000: CCC is entered in the following cases. • The sum of all call records numbers set by CMDD02>0, 1, 2 exceeds the amount of call records number mentioned in NOTE below.
Page 906 CMDD99 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA ALL CLEAR FOR DD99 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D WITH MRCA PROGRAM FUNCTION: This command is used to clear all the system data for billing and to load the initial data when using PN- AP00-B/PN-AP00-D with MRCA program.
Page 907 CMDD99 COMMAND CODE TITLE: BILLING SYSTEM DATA ALL CLEAR FOR DD99 AP OFF LINE PN-AP00-B/PN-AP00-D WITH MRCA PROGRAM ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: + DE DD99 0000 – 883 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3009.fm JULY/01/2006...
Page 908 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY. – 884 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch3009.fm JUNE/01/2007...
Page 909 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM This resident system program generates system data automatically according to the system hardware configuration, thereby providing immediate opera- tion and shorter programming time. When activated, the system scans hardware configuration (such as line/trunk card location) and assigns the system data (such as station numbers, trunk numbers, etc.) according to a predetermined generic program assignment.
Page 910 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM HOW TO LOAD RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM HOW TO LOAD RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM STEP1: On the MP card, set the SW3 to “C”, then press the SW1. STEP2: After 30-40 seconds, confirm the status of the MJ/MN lamp on the PWR card. •...
Page 911 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM SERVICE CONDITIONS SERVICE CONDITIONS This service is applicable for equipment installed in PIM0 through PIM3. Data for any vacant slot is not assigned. Virtual stations are not assigned. A line/trunk card (PN-DK00/PN-CFTA/PN-CFTB/PN-2AMP/PN-4DAT/PN-4RSTF/PN-4RSTF- A/PN-4RSTH/PN-4VCT/PN-16VCT/PN-32IPLA/PN-8IPLA) is not assigned, even if mounted. An application card is not assigned, even if mounted.
Page 912 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • AP/FP Assignment (CM05) [Series 3200 R6.2 (R6.2)] AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 913 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 914 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 915 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE Continued on next page – 891 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 916 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS AP NUMBER DATA NONE NOTE 1 NONE NOTE 2 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 917 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NOTE:...
Page 918 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NOTE: The AP card is not assigned, even if mounted. Continued on next page – 894 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 919 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 920 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 921 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 922 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE Continued on next page – 898 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 923 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS AP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 899 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 924 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS AP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 900 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 925 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE Continued on next page – 901 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 926 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 927 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 928 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE Continued on next page – 904 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 929 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 930 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 931 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE Continued on next page – 907 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 932 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 933 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 934 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 910 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 935 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 911 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 936 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 912 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 937 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 913 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 938 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 914 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 939 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 940 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 941 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 942 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS VIRTUAL AP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE Continued on next page – 918 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 943 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 919 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 944 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 920 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 945 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 921 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 946 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA Continued on next page – 922 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 947 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 948 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 949 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 950 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE Continued on next page – 926 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm NOVEMBER/15/2006...
Page 951 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 952 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 953 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES AP/FP Assignment CM05 REMARKS FP NUMBER DATA NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE – 929 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 954 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • ATTCON Number Assignment (CM06) The following data is assigned for ATTCON Number 0, 1. ATTCON Number Assignment CM06 Y=01 REMARKS ATTCON No. AP No. CIRCUIT No. NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 955 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Basic Service Feature (CM08) The following data is assigned on a per service feature basis. Basic Service Feature : Initial Data CM08 FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA...
Page 956 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Basic Service Feature : Initial Data CM08 FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA FEATURE DATA – 932 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm JUNE/01/2007...
Page 957 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Station Number, Trunk Number, Card Number (CM10/CM14) The following data is assigned according to the sequential slot location number of the associated cir- cuit cards. Station Number, Trunk Number, Card Number CARD PURPOSE ASSIGNED DATA...
Page 958 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Station Class Data (CM12, CM13) The following data is assigned on a per station basis. Station Class Data : Initial Data CM10/CM14 CM12 03 04 05 07 11 STATION No. TRUNK No. DAY NIGHT A D000 CARD No.
Page 959 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Station Class Data : Initial Data CM10/CM14 CM12 STATION No. 50 61 62 63 64 TRUNK No. CARD No. 0/1/3 0/1/3 (1-10 DIGITS) XXXX Continued on next page – 935 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm JULY/01/2006...
Page 960 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Station Class Data : Initial Data CM10/CM14 CM13 STATION No. 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 21 22 23 24 TRUNK No. CARD No.
Page 961: Numbering Plan
CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Numbering Plan (CM20) The following data is assigned for access code of each service feature. Numbering Plan CM20 Y (0-3) ACCESS CODE SETTING DATA SERVICE FEATURES Operator Call A046 Call Hold 2, 3 or 4 First Digit of Three Digit Station Number A130...
Page 962 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Numbering Plan CM20 Y (0-3) ACCESS CODE SETTING DATA SERVICE FEATURES A065 Speed Calling-Station Entry A066 (Station Speed Dialing) Cancel Trunk Access Code RT00 RT01 RT02 RT04 RT05 RT06 RT07 A081 Individual Trunk Access A004 Outgoing Trunk Queuing A005...
Page 963 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Numbering Plan CM20 Y (0-3) ACCESS CODE SETTING DATA SERVICE FEATURES A064 Speed Calling-Station Origination (Station Speed Dialing) A067 Speed Calling-System Origination (System Speed Dialing) – 939 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 964 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Trunk Data (CM30) The following data is assigned according to the type of trunk card: Trunk Data : Initial Data CM30 TYPE OF TRUNK CARD XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX EBXXX EBXXX PN-2/4/6/8COT NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 965 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Data : Initial Data CM30 TYPE OF TRUNK CARD XXXX NOTE PN-2/4/6/8COT NONE NONE NONE NOTE PN-2ODT NONE NONE NONE PN-2/4LDT NONE NOTE NONE NONE NOTE: C.O. Line Numbers (CM30 Y=19) are assigned as follows. 1XXX XXX: Trunk Number (000-255) Continued on next page...
Page 966 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Data : Initial Data CM30 TYPE OF TRUNK CARD XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX EBXXX EBXXX PN-2/4/6/8COT PN-2ODT PN-2/4LDT – 942 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 967 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Trunk Route Data (CM35) The following data is assigned on a trunk route basis. Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 NUMBER TRUNK ACCESS TRUNK ROUTE CODE KIND TRUNKS (2W E&M) (4W E&M) –...
Page 968 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 969 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE Continued on next page – 945 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 970 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE Continued on next page – 946 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 971 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE Continued on next page – 947 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 972 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 973 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE Continued on next page – 949 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm JANUARY/20/2006...
Page 974 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE Continued on next page – 950 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 975 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 976 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE 00 10 07 17 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 977 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 978 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE...
Page 979 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Trunk Route Data : Initial Data CM35 TRUNK ROUTE 0/1/7 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE – 955 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm JUNE/01/2007...
Page 980 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Attendant Group, Function (CM60) The following data is assigned to Attendant Console provided. CM60 Y=00 ATT NUMBER (GROUP No.) : ATT Group 0 • Tenant for Each ATT Group (CM62) The following data is assigned to Attendant Console within ATT Group 0. CM62 TENANT NUMBER...
Page 981 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) (CM71) 100-Memory Slot for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) are assigned for Tenant 01. Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) CM71 DATA KIND OF STARTING...
Page 982 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-System (System Speed Dialing) CM71 DATA KIND OF STARTING CALLING MEMORY SLOT No. PARTY SLOT No. (001-300) (000-299) – 958 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm...
Page 983 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) [CM73] 10 memories are as- signed Single Line Telephone individually. Memory Allocation for Speed Calling-Station (Station Speed Dialing) CM73 SETTING DATA POSSIBLE 10-SLOT NUMBER 1000- / NOT...
Page 984 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES term • D Line Key Data (CM90) The following data is assigned according to the type of terminal. term Line Key Data : Initial Data CM90 MY LINE DXXX DXXX DXXX DXXX XXXXXXXX NOTE 1: DXXX represents C.O.
Page 985 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES • Prime Line (CM93) term As shown in the following table, My Line Number is assigned to Prime Line for all D Prime Line CM93 MY LINE REMARKS SETTING DATA NUMBER (1-8 DIGITS) (1-8 DIGITS) XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX...
Page 986 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES term • Memory Allocation for D One-Touch Memory (CM94) term The following data is assigned on a per D , with DSS key, basis. Memory Allocation for One-Touch Key CM94 MY LINE REMARKS SETTING DATA NUMBER...
Page 987 CHAPTER 4 RESIDENT SYSTEM PROGRAM PROGRAMMED DATA TABLES NOTE 1: “WXX0ZZ” is assigned for each My Line Number (XXXXXXXX: 200-455) as follows: W XX 0 ZZ W : 1000-Slot Memory Block number (0-9) XX: 10-Slot Memory Start Block number (00-99) 0 : Programming Facility 0=Effective ZZ: Number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks (01-10) term...
Page 988 THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY. – 964 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91ch4001.fm DECEMBER/02/2005...
Page 989 APPENDIX A LEN ASSIGNMENT APPENDIX A LEN ASSIGNMENT This appendix contains the location of Line Equipment Number (LEN) for each system configuration and the data assignment. LOCATION OF EACH LEN ............– A1 – NWA-008844-001 Rev.5.0 91apa001.fm JULY/01/2006...
Page 990 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN is a combination number of PIM number/FP number and Port number. The LEN assignment for each type of PIM is as follows. The LEN assignment in Physical PIM/Virtual PIM by CM14 is as follows. •...
Page 991 LOCATION OF EACH LEN The figures below show the location of LEN for each system configuration and the initial data of CM05 Y=0/4/6/8 that is set by CM00>1/11/12/13/14: CCC. LEN of CM14 8 PIMs (CM00>1: CCC) Page A4 1 PIM + 7 Virtual PIMs (CM00>11: CCC) Page A6 2 PIMs + 6 Virtual PIMs (CM00>12: CCC) Page A8...
Page 992 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 LEN of CM14 8PIMs 8 PIMs (CM00>1: CCC) PIM3 01071 01079 01087 01095 01103 01111 01119 01127 CM05 Y=0 01070 01078 01086 01094 01102 01110 01118 01126 (1) 01 01069 01077 01085 01093 01101 01109 01117...
Page 993 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 8 PIMs (CM00>1: CCC) PIM7 03071 03079 03087 03095 03103 03111 03119 03127 CM05 Y=0 03070 03078 03086 03094 03102 03110 03118 03126 (1) 03 03069 03077 03085 03093 03101 03109 03117 03125 (2) 00 03068 03076...
Page 994 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 1 PIM + 7 Virtual PIMs 1 PIM + 7 Virtual PIMs (CM00>11: CCC) PIM3 17007 17015 17023 17031 17039 17047 17055 17063 CM05 Y=0 17006 17014 17022 17030 17038 17046 17054 17062 (1) 17 17005 17013...
Page 995 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 1 PIM + 7 Virtual PIMs (CM00>11: CCC) PIM7 19007 19015 19023 19031 19039 19047 19055 19063 CM05 Y=0 19006 19014 19022 19030 19038 19046 19054 19062 (1) 19 19005 19013 19021 19029 19037 19045 19053...
Page 996 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 2 PIMs + 6 Virtual PIMs 2 PIMs + 6 Virtual PIMs (CM00>12: CCC) PIM3 17007 17015 17023 17031 17039 17047 17055 17063 CM05 Y=0 17006 17014 17022 17030 17038 17046 17054 17062 (1) 17 17005 17013...
Page 997 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 2 PIMs + 6 Virtual PIMs (CM00>12: CCC) PIM7 19007 19015 19023 19031 19039 19047 19055 19063 CM05 Y=0 19006 19014 19022 19030 19038 19046 19054 19062 (1) 19 19005 19013 19021 19029 19037 19045 19053...
Page 998 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 3 PIMs + 5 Virtual PIMs 3 PIMs + 5 Virtual PIMs (CM00>13: CCC) PIM3 17007 17015 17023 17031 17039 17047 17055 17063 CM05 Y=0 17006 17014 17022 17030 17038 17046 17054 17062 (1) 17 17005 17013...
Page 999 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 3 PIMs + 5 Virtual PIMs (CM00>13: CCC) PIM7 19007 19015 19023 19031 19039 19047 19055 19063 CM05 Y=0 19006 19014 19022 19030 19038 19046 19054 19062 (1) 19 19005 19013 19021 19029 19037 19045 19053...
Page 1000 LOCATION OF EACH LEN LEN of CM14 4 PIMs + 4 Virtual PIMs 4 PIMs + 4 Virtual PIMs (CM00>14: CCC) PIM3 01071 01079 01087 01095 01103 01111 01119 01127 CM05 Y=0 01070 01078 01086 01094 01102 01110 01118 01126 (1) 01 01069 01077...

NEC Univerge NEAX 2000 IPS Command Manual

Chapter 1 How to Use Cat

Chapter 2 Precaution

Chapter 3 Command Description

Chapter 4 Resident System Program

Appendix A Len Assignment

Quick Links

Summary of Contents for NEC Univerge NEAX 2000 IPS

Page 3: Neax 2000 Ips

Page 25: Outline Of This Manual

Page 26: Terms In This Manual

Page 27: Terminal Name

Page 29: Reference Manual

Page 57: Port Allocation

Page 65: System Data Backup

Page 67: Command Description

Page 68: How To Read This Chapter

Page 521: Automated Attendant

Page 961: Numbering Plan

NEC Univerge NEAX 2000 IPS Command Manual

Chapter 1 How to Use Cat

Chapter 2 Precaution

Chapter 3 Command Description

Chapter 4 Resident System Program

Appendix A Len Assignment

Quick Links

Related Manuals for NEC Univerge NEAX 2000 IPS

Summary of Contents for NEC Univerge NEAX 2000 IPS

Table of Contents